Contents

Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide PDF

1 of 259
1 of 259

Summary of Content for Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide PDF

Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Version 6.1.2 Command Line Interface Reference Guide

Notes, cautions, and warnings

NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product.

CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem.

WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.

2018 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. Other trademarks may be trademarks of their respective owners.

2018- 09

Rev. A00

Contents

1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................8 DTK Deprecation Message............................................................................................................................................... 8 What is new in this release................................................................................................................................................8 SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands......................................................................................................................9 Supported Systems.......................................................................................................................................................... 13 Supported operating systems......................................................................................................................................... 13 Toolkit Utilities................................................................................................................................................................... 14

System Configuration Utility......................................................................................................................................14 RAID Configuration Utility..........................................................................................................................................14 RAC Configuration Utility...........................................................................................................................................14 Disk Partitioning Utility............................................................................................................................................... 14

Replication Of DTK Utilities............................................................................................................................................. 14 File Format...................................................................................................................................................................14 SYSCFG Replication Rules.........................................................................................................................................14 RAID Replication......................................................................................................................................................... 15 RACADM Replication................................................................................................................................................. 15

Other Documents You May Need...................................................................................................................................15 Accessing documents from the Dell EMC support site............................................................................................... 16 Contacting Dell..................................................................................................................................................................16

2 Command Syntax Overview..........................................................................................................................17 DTK Utilities General Usage.............................................................................................................................................17 Command Line Syntax..................................................................................................................................................... 18 Case Sensitivity.................................................................................................................................................................18 Command Line Option Delimiters................................................................................................................................... 18 Other Delimiters................................................................................................................................................................ 19 Read And Write Commands........................................................................................................................................... 20 File Input And Output Commands................................................................................................................................. 20 Log Files............................................................................................................................................................................ 20 Help Option........................................................................................................................................................................21 Error Checking And Error Messages..............................................................................................................................21

3 DTK Seamless package................................................................................................................................22 Seamless package Downloading and Installing.......................................................................................................22

4 SYSCFG.......................................................................................................................................................24 Features.............................................................................................................................................................................24 SYSCFG General Options............................................................................................................................................... 25

No Option....................................................................................................................................................................25 envar............................................................................................................................................................................25 h or help...................................................................................................................................................................... 26 i or infile....................................................................................................................................................................... 26

Contents 3

ix or inxmlfile............................................................................................................................................................... 27 l or logfile..................................................................................................................................................................... 27 o or outfile................................................................................................................................................................... 27 ox or outxmlfile...........................................................................................................................................................28 ovrwrt..........................................................................................................................................................................28 px or pendingxmlfile...................................................................................................................................................28 s....................................................................................................................................................................................29 version......................................................................................................................................................................... 29

SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration...................................................................................................................................29 SYSCFG BIOS commands........................................................................................................................................ 30 BIOS Option Settings................................................................................................................................................ 43 Boot Settings..............................................................................................................................................................45 Integrated Devices..................................................................................................................................................... 47 Network Settings.......................................................................................................................................................59 Memory Settings....................................................................................................................................................... 63 Miscellaneous Settings..............................................................................................................................................68 One-Time Boot........................................................................................................................................................... 72 Processor Settings.....................................................................................................................................................74 SATA Settings.............................................................................................................................................................87 Serial Communication.............................................................................................................................................. 103 Slot Disablement.......................................................................................................................................................106 System Information.................................................................................................................................................. 106 System Profile Settings........................................................................................................................................... 109 System Security........................................................................................................................................................ 115 UEFI Boot Settings...................................................................................................................................................125 DTKTORACADM...................................................................................................................................................... 126 SYSCFG Options On PowerEdge Systems Prior To PowerEdge 12G Systems................................................ 131

Sub Options And Arguments For power Option......................................................................................................... 137 Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option............................................................................................................. 139 Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option.............................................................................................................140 SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration............................................................................141

bmcversion................................................................................................................................................................ 142 chassistype................................................................................................................................................................142 clearsel....................................................................................................................................................................... 142 controlpanelaccess................................................................................................................................................... 143 deviceguid..................................................................................................................................................................143 encryptkey.................................................................................................................................................................143 fiberchannel...............................................................................................................................................................144 floppy......................................................................................................................................................................... 144 formfactor................................................................................................................................................................. 144 hddfailover.................................................................................................................................................................145 hpcmode....................................................................................................................................................................145 htassist.......................................................................................................................................................................145 idecdrom.................................................................................................................................................................... 146 idracgui.......................................................................................................................................................................146

4 Contents

lpt................................................................................................................................................................................146 memdynamicpower.................................................................................................................................................. 147 memintleave.............................................................................................................................................................. 147 memremap.................................................................................................................................................................147 mouse.........................................................................................................................................................................148 noraidprompt.............................................................................................................................................................148 oldsetuppwd..............................................................................................................................................................148 oldsyspwd..................................................................................................................................................................149 opticaldrivectrl.......................................................................................................................................................... 149 remflashmedia...........................................................................................................................................................150 serial1..........................................................................................................................................................................150 serial2..........................................................................................................................................................................151 slotname..................................................................................................................................................................... 151 sma..............................................................................................................................................................................151 sysrev......................................................................................................................................................................... 152 usb..............................................................................................................................................................................152 usbflash......................................................................................................................................................................152 vflash..........................................................................................................................................................................153 identify....................................................................................................................................................................... 153 idracversion............................................................................................................................................................... 153 kvmstatusonlcd.........................................................................................................................................................154 lancfgparams.............................................................................................................................................................154 lanchannelaccess...................................................................................................................................................... 157 lanchannelinfo........................................................................................................................................................... 158 lanuseraccess............................................................................................................................................................158 lcd1............................................................................................................................................................................. 159 lcd2.............................................................................................................................................................................159 loaddefaults............................................................................................................................................................... 159 nextboot.................................................................................................................................................................... 160 nmibutton.................................................................................................................................................................. 160 passwordaction..........................................................................................................................................................161 pefcfgparams.............................................................................................................................................................161 powerbutton..............................................................................................................................................................164 powerctl..................................................................................................................................................................... 164 racreset......................................................................................................................................................................165 serialcfgparams.........................................................................................................................................................165 serialchannelaccess..................................................................................................................................................166 serialchannelinfo........................................................................................................................................................167 serialuseraccess........................................................................................................................................................ 167 solaction.....................................................................................................................................................................168 solcfgparams............................................................................................................................................................. 169 ssninfo........................................................................................................................................................................ 170 useraction.................................................................................................................................................................. 170 username.................................................................................................................................................................... 171 version........................................................................................................................................................................172

Contents 5

virutualmedia............................................................................................................................................................. 172 SYSCFG For State Configuration................................................................................................................................. 172

SYSCFG Options For State Configuration.............................................................................................................172 SYSCFG for System Configuration.............................................................................................................................. 173

Options For System Configuration......................................................................................................................... 173 SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration...................................................................................................................................178 PCI Reporting..................................................................................................................................................................179

Environment Variable File........................................................................................................................................ 179

5 RAIDCFG................................................................................................................................................... 180 Features...........................................................................................................................................................................180 Supported RAID Controllers..........................................................................................................................................180 RAIDCFG Options And Arguments............................................................................................................................... 181 RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments................................................................................................... 187

General Help..............................................................................................................................................................188 Enumerating RAID Controllers................................................................................................................................ 189 Creating Virtual Disks...............................................................................................................................................190 Enumerating Array Disks......................................................................................................................................... 195 Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks....................................................................................................................... 198 Enumerating Virtual Disks........................................................................................................................................198 Deleting Virtual Disks............................................................................................................................................... 199 Increasing Virtual Disk Size.....................................................................................................................................200 Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk....................................................................................................200 Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks..................................................................................................................... 201 Setting Virtual Disk Name....................................................................................................................................... 201 Setting Environment Variables............................................................................................................................... 202 RAID Replication Options........................................................................................................................................204 Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares......................................................................................205 Importing And Clearing Foreign Configurations...................................................................................................206 Importing Secured Foreign Configuration.............................................................................................................207 Displaying Foreign Key Ids.......................................................................................................................................207 Creating Encryption Key......................................................................................................................................... 208 Changing Encryption Key....................................................................................................................................... 208 Deleting Encryption Key..........................................................................................................................................209 Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild..........................................................................................................................209 Configuring Array Disk As RAID .............................................................................................................................210 Configuring Physical Disk State..............................................................................................................................210 Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk...............................................................................................................211 Consistency check for virtual disk...........................................................................................................................211 Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk.............................................................................................................................212 Discarding Preserved Cache................................................................................................................................... 212 Initializing Virtual Disks.............................................................................................................................................213 Resetting The Controller..........................................................................................................................................214 Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares................................................................................... 214 Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed........................................................................................................215 Setting Boot Mode ..................................................................................................................................................216

6 Contents

Configuring Auto Import .........................................................................................................................................216 Miscellaneous Options............................................................................................................................................. 217

Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands..................................................................................................................217

6 UPINIT.......................................................................................................................................................220 Features.......................................................................................................................................................................... 220 Creating A Partition Using UPINIT.............................................................................................................................. 220 UPINIT Dependencies................................................................................................................................................... 220 UPINIT Options And Arguments...................................................................................................................................221

7 Messages And Codes.................................................................................................................................224 SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages..........................................................................................................................224

Failure Messages......................................................................................................................................................224 Failures And Solutions.............................................................................................................................................. 231

UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages........................................................................................................... 232 Failure Messages......................................................................................................................................................232

UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages...................................................................................................233 UPINIT Windows PE Specific Error Codes And Messages...................................................................................... 233 RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages........................................................................................................................ 233

Failure Messages......................................................................................................................................................233 RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages.......................................................................................................243 RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages.............................................................................................................245

8 BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages.............................................................................................. 248

9 Sample File Formats.................................................................................................................................. 249 Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format.......................................................................................................................249 Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format.....................................................................................................................256 Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format..................................................................................................................... 257

Contents 7

Introduction Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) includes a set of utilities, sample scripts, and sample configuration files to deploy and configure your Dell system. You can use DTK to build script-based and RPM-based installation for deploying a large number of systems reliably, without changing their current deployment processes. You can use DTK in a Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE) or a Linux environment.

Topics:

DTK Deprecation Message

What is new in this release

SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands

Supported Systems

Supported operating systems

Toolkit Utilities

Replication Of DTK Utilities

Other Documents You May Need

Accessing documents from the Dell EMC support site

Contacting Dell

DTK Deprecation Message The OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) along with the associated tools and capabilities will be deprecated for version 6.1 and later:

Redundant Array of Independent Disks Configuration (RAIDCFG) Utility

System Configuration (SYSCFG) Utility

ELI tool

Utility Partition (UPINIT)

It is recommended to use the RACADM Command Line (CLI) as a replacement for the RAIDCFG and SYSCFG utilities. For more information on downloading RACADM, see support.dell.com.

NOTE: DTK will continue to support any new hardware or operating system for the 14th generation of PowerEdge servers. However, support for later generations of PowerEdge servers will be deprecated. For more information about features supported by DTK, see the latest User's Guide available at dell.com/openmanagemanuals .

What is new in this release The new features for this release include:

Support for the following PowerEdge servers:

PowerEdge MX740c

PowerEdge MX840c

Support for below Network Cards:

Intel 2port 25GE MEZZ Demere Key

Intel 2port 25GE PCIe FH Harbor channel

1

8 Introduction

Mellanox 2port 25GE MEZZ Yondu

Support Matrix for the controller card:

Table 1. Support Matrix for the controller

Controller type OSD Support with PowerEdge MX740c and PowerEdge MX840c

OSD support with MX5026s

Virtual Disk, Physical Disk support with Compute Backplanes

Virtual Disk, Physical Disk support using Mx5016s HDDs

H745P MX Yes No Yes Yes

H730P MX Yes NA Yes NA

HBA330 MX No NA PD = YES ; VD = NO NA

HBA330MMZ No No PD = YES ; VD = NO PD = YES ; VD = NO

NOTE: For the list of supported operating systems and Dell servers, see the Dell Systems Software Support Matrix at dell.com/ openmanagemanuals.

NOTE: Use both DTK and the Server Administrator from the same release version to get complete supported features of Server Administrator.

SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands The DTK SYSCFG deployment scripts are converted to equivalent RACADM scripts, that helps in migration to utilize RACADM in the deployment solution. Starting 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later, selected set of SYSCFG commands are a part of the DTK sample scripts. The utility has the conversion tool for converting the SYSCFG scripts in both environments Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems. The list of DTK sample scripts are present in \Toolkit\Tools\CONVERTER\ windows_scripts.lst for Microsoft Windows operating systems and toolkit/Converter/ linux_scripts.lst for Linux operating system. The converted scripts are available in the folder racscripts. The set of converted commands are available in dtktoracadm_dict.map.

The following table lists the set of commands:

Table 2. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

iDRAC Settings lcp --dnsdhcp iDRAC.IPv4.DNSFromDHCP

lcp --domainname iDRAC.NIC.DNSDomainName

lcp --dnsracname iDRAC.NIC.DNSRacName

lcp --dnsregisterrac iDRAC.NIC.DNSRegister

--idractype iDRAC.Info.Type -z legacy

--autoneg iDRAC.NIC.Autoneg

--gateway iDRAC.IPv4.Gateway

--ipaddress iDRAC.IPv4.Address

--macaddress iDRAC.NIC.MACAddres

--nicselectionfailover iDRAC.NIC.Failover

--subnetmask iDRAC.IPv4.Netmask

--vanilla iDRAC.NIC.VLanID

--dnsserver1v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS1

Introduction 9

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

--dnsserver2v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS2

--gatewayv6 iDRAC.IPv6.Gateway

--ipv6address1 iDRAC.IPv6.Address1

--ipv6address2 iDRAC.IPv6.Address2

--linklocaladdrv6 iDRAC.IPv6.LinkLocalAddress

--prefixlengthv6 iDRAC.IPv6.PrefixLength

--connectionmode iDRAC.IPMISerial.ConnectionMode

--msgcommbitrate iDRAC.IPMISerial.BaudRat

--msgcommflowctrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.FlowControl

--tmcfghandshakectrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.HandshakeControl

--tmcfglineediting iDRAC.IPMISerial.LineEdit

--tmcfgnewlineseq iDRAC.IPMISerial.NewLineSeq

--solcharaccuminterval iDRAC.IPMISOL.AccumulateInterval

--solbitrate iDRAC.IPMISOL.BaudRate

--solprivlevel iDRAC.IPMISOL.MinPrivilege

--solcharsendthreshold iDRAC.IPMISOL.SendThreshold

BIOS Option Settings --HddSeq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq

Boot Settings --BootMode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode

--BootSeqRetry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry

--HddFailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover

--SetBootOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn

--SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn

Integrated Devices --EmbVideo BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo

--IoatEngine BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine

--IntegratedNetwork1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1

--IntegratedNetwork2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2

--IntegratedRaid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid

--InternalUsb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb

--OsWatchdogTimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer

--SriovGlobalEnable BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable

--Usb3Setting BIOS.IntegratedDevices.Usb3Setting

Memory Settings --DynamicCoreAllocation BIOS.ProcSettings.DynamicCoreAllocation

--CorrEccSmi BIOS.MemSettings.CorrEccSmi

10 Introduction

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

--MemTest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest

--NodeInterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave

--memopmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode

Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag

--ErrPrompt BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt

--NumLock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock

--ForceInt10 BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10

--insystemcharacterization BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization

Processor Settings --DcuIpPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher

--DcuStreamerPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher

--LogicalProc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc

--ProcExecuteDisable BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable

--ProcHwPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher

--ProcVirtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization

--RtidSetting BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting

--ProcX2Apic BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic

--cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores

--cpuspeed BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed

--logicproc BIOS.procsettings.LogicalProc

--proc1brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Brand

--proc1id BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Id

--proc1l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L2Cache

--proc1l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L3Cache

--proc1numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc1NumCores

--proc2brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Brand

--proc2id BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Id

--proc2l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L2Cache

--proc2l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L3Cache

--proc2numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc2NumCores

--proc64bit BIOS.procsettings.Proc64bit

--procadjcacheline BIOS.procsettings.ProcAdjCacheLine

--procbusspeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcBusSpeed

--proccorespeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcCoreSpeed

--qpispeed BIOS.procsettings.QpiSpeed

Introduction 11

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

--procconfigtdp BIOS.procsettings.ProcConfigTdp

SATA Settings --WriteCache BIOS.SataSettings.WriteCache

--SecurityFreezeLock BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock

--Sembsataraid BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata

--embsata BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata

--sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA

--sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB

--sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC

--sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD

--sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE

--sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF

--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH

--sataporta BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA

--sataportb BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB

--sataportc BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC

--sataportd BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD

--sataporte BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE

--sataportf BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF

--sataportg BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG

--sataportgmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel

--sataportgdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType

--sataportgcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity

--sataporth BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH

--sataporthmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel

--sataporthdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType

--sataporthcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity

--sataporti BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI

--sataportimodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel

--sataportidrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType

--sataporticapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity

--sataportj BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ

--sataportjmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel

--sataportjdrivetyp BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType

--sataportjcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity

12 Introduction

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

Serial Communication --ConTerrmType BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType

--ExtSerialConnector BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector

--FailSafeBaud BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud

--RedirAfterBoot BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot

Slot Disablement --Slotn BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn

System Information --svctag BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag

System Security --AcPwrRcvryDelay BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay

--PwrButton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton

--SetupPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword

--SysPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword

System Power --maxpowercap System.Power.Cap.MaxThreshold

--minpowercap System.Power.Cap.MinThreshold

--capenable System.Power.Cap.Enable

Supported Systems For a complete list of supported Dell PowerEdge systems, see the Dell Systems Software Support Matrix in the required version of OpenManage Software at dell.com/openmanagemanuals

Supported operating systems DTK utilities support Windows PE 10.0 (64-bit), Windows PE 5.1 (64-bit), and Windows PE 4.0 (64-bit), to deploy the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:

Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 Foundation, Essentials, Standard, and Datacenter editions

Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Foundation, Essentials, Standard, and Datacenter editions

Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Foundation, Essentials, and Standard editions

For Linux, the DTK utilities support deploying the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3 (64-bit)

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.5 (64-bit)

You can install the DTK Linux RPM utilities on the following operating systems in BIOS and UEFI mode:

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3 (64-bit)

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.5 (64-bit)

NOTE: The RPMs are available in the RPMs folder of DTK ELI ISO at linux.dell.com/repo/hardware, and also in the Dell EMC Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD.

Introduction 13

Toolkit Utilities DTK contains utilities that allow you to configure the BIOS, Baseboard Management Controller (BMC), Remote Access Controller (RAC), RAID controllers, and hard-drive partitions on supported Dell systems. Additionally, the utilities can be integrated with the sample files provided with the toolkit to fully configure one-to-many target systems in a scripted mass system deployment.

System Configuration Utility The SYSCFG utility performs the following tasks:

Reports and sets BIOS configuration options.

Reports and sets BMC/RAC configuration options.

Reports and sets user-configurable states.

Reports system information, including PCI device detection.

RAID Configuration Utility The RAIDCFG utility reports and sets RAID configuration options.

RAC Configuration Utility The RACADM utility reports and sets RAC configuration options for Dell Remote Access Controller DRAC 5, iDRAC6, and iDRAC7, and iDRAC8.

Disk Partitioning Utility The UPINIT script creates, formats, and populates a Dell Utility Partition.

Replication Of DTK Utilities This section explains the replication of DTK utilities.

File Format The -i and -o options use the .ini file format for system configuration (SYSCFG) options. All name/value entries that follow the [syscfg] section header in the .ini file belong to the SYSCFG utility. For an example of the syscfg.ini file, see Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format.

SYSCFG Replication Rules Not all BIOS and BMC options can be replicated using the .ini file. For example, boot sequence and device sequence are only replicated if a device name list can be supplied. A numerical device list cannot be replicated since the index values can change from system to system. In addition, because the service tag information is static, it is not commented out in the output file or replicated. See the description of each option for further replication information.

14 Introduction

The syscfg.ini file cannot be used across different systems. The file output operation places system identification information at the beginning of the [syscfg] section. This information is used to determine if the file can be accepted as input for a system. The following

information is used for system identification:

System ID Byte(s)

System Name

BIOS Version

If these values do not match the values found on the system, the file input operation fails.

The following is the SYSCFG behavior during replication:

Options not available in SYSCFG are termed invalid options. If SYSCFG encounters an invalid option in the syscfg.ini file, the SYSCFG utility terminates.

Unsupported options are options available in SYSCFG but not applicable on certain systems. If SYSCFG encounters an unsupported option, SYSCFG logs this option and continues to the next option.

Unsupported arguments are arguments valid in SYSCFG but not applicable on certain systems. If SYSCFG encounters an unsupported argument, SYSCFG terminates.

SYSCFG logs a message in the log file for each option processed in the syscfg.ini file. To generate the log file, use the logfile option.

RAID Replication The RAID replication feature reads the RAID configuration information from the source system and creates a raid.ini file. This raid.ini file can be applied to the RAID configurations of the target system. The RAID replication requires both, the source system and the target system to have similar RAID controllers.

RACADM Replication The RACREP.BAT sample script applies RAC configuration options to the target system based on the configuration information that has been saved in a configuration file. User input is optional, depending on variables set in the RACREP.BAT sample script. This script uses the RACADM.EXE utility to configure the RAC in the target system using the RAC configuration file, raccfg.ini. The raccfg.ini configuration file is passed as the first parameter to the RACREP.BAT script. If this parameter is not passed, the default variable values used in this script are set in the TKENVSET.BAT scripts. An optional second parameter can be passed to this file, which specifies the IP address used in configuring the RAC. The raccfg.ini file is generated with the RACCAP.BAT sample script.

Other Documents You May Need In addition to this guide, you can access the following guides available at dell.com/support/manuals.

The Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Installation Guide provides information about installing and deploying DTK on supported Dell systems. The guide is also available as part of the DTK download.

The Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit User's Guide provides best practice procedures that focus on the basic tasks for successful deployment of Dell systems.

The Dell Systems Software Support Matrix provides information about the various Dell systems, the operating systems supported by these systems, and the Dell OpenManage components that can be installed on these systems.

The Dell OpenManage Installation Guide provides additional information about performing an unattended installation of Dell OpenManage Server Administrator on systems running supported Windows, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and Citrix Xen Server operating systems.

The Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User's Guide provides information on using Server Administrator on supported operating systems.

The Dell Update Packages User's Guide provides information about obtaining and using Dell Update Packages as part of your system update strategy.

Introduction 15

The Dell OpenManage Sever Administrator Storage Management Users Guide provides information about RAID controllers.

The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) Command Line Interface Reference Guide provides information about the RACADM subcommands, supported interfaces, property database groups and object definitions for iDRAC8 and CMC.

The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) User's Guide provides information about configuring and using iDRAC8 for 13th generation rack, tower, and blade servers to remotely manage and monitor your system and its shared resources through a network.

The Glossary provides information about the terms used in this document.

The Deployment Toolkit release notes (for Windows PE and embedded Linux) which is also available as part of the DTK download, provides the latest available information about the installation and operation of the DTK components and the list of PowerEdge systems supported for this version of DTK.

Accessing documents from the Dell EMC support site You can access the required documents using the following links:

For Dell EMC Enterprise Systems Management documents www.dell.com/SoftwareSecurityManuals

For Dell EMC OpenManage documents www.dell.com/OpenManageManuals

For Dell EMC Remote Enterprise Systems Management documents www.dell.com/esmmanuals

For iDRAC and Dell EMC Lifecycle Controller documents www.dell.com/idracmanuals

For Dell EMC OpenManage Connections Enterprise Systems Management documents www.dell.com/ OMConnectionsEnterpriseSystemsManagement

For Dell EMC Serviceability Tools documents www.dell.com/ServiceabilityTools

a Go to www.dell.com/Support/Home.

b Click Choose from all products.

c From All products section, click Software & Security, and then click the required link from the following:

Enterprise Systems Management

Remote Enterprise Systems Management

Serviceability Tools

Dell Client Command Suite

Connections Client Systems Management

d To view a document, click the required product version.

Using search engines:

Type the name and version of the document in the search box.

Contacting Dell NOTE: If you do not have an active Internet connection, you can find contact information on your purchase invoice, packing slip, bill, or Dell product catalog.

Dell provides several online and telephone-based support and service options. Availability varies by country and product, and some services may not be available in your area. To contact Dell for sales, technical support, or customer service issues:

1 Visit www.dell.com/support .

2 Select your support category.

3 If you are not a U.S customer, select your country code at the bottom of the page, or select All to see more choices.

4 Select the appropriate service or support link based on your need.

16 Introduction

Command Syntax Overview Syntax refers to the way a command and its parameters are entered. Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK) Command Line Interface (CLI) commands can be arranged in any order as long as they conform to the basic command line syntax.

Topics:

DTK Utilities General Usage

Command Line Syntax

Case Sensitivity

Command Line Option Delimiters

Other Delimiters

Read And Write Commands

File Input And Output Commands

Log Files

Help Option

Error Checking And Error Messages

DTK Utilities General Usage The following table lists the general usage models of the DTK utilities:

Table 3. DTK Utilities

Utilities Usage

SYSCFG syscfg --option1=[arg1] ... --optionX=[argX] or

syscfg bmcoption1 --bmcsuboption1=[arg1]...-- bmcsuboptionX=argX]

RAIDCFG raidcfg [mandatory options]

RACADM racadm NOTE: The Command Line Reference Guide for iDRAC6 and CMC available on dell.com/support/manuals provides information about the RACADM subcommands, supported interfaces, property database groups and object definitions for iDRAC6 and CMC.

UPINIT For WinPE:

upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file=t:\upimage.bin For Linux:

upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 --file=/tmp/upimage.bin

The DTK command line switches, configuration file formatting, and error reporting follow similar style and behavior. However, individual DTK utilities can sometimes differ from one another in significant ways. You must familiarize yourself with the command line syntax and utility- specific options and arguments for each utility before using DTK.

2

Command Syntax Overview 17

NOTE: Some of the command line options in DTK are followed by an asterisk. Such options are used for reporting purposes only.

Command Line Syntax The following table lists the generic command line characters and arguments present in the command line options with a short description of these characters.

Table 4. Command Line Options

Element Description

- Prefix single character options.

NOTE: This delimiter is not applicable to Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) sub-options.

-- Prefix multi-character options.

utilname Indicates the generic designation for a DTK utility name.

o Indicates the generic single-character designation for an option.

optionX Indicates the generic multi-character designation for a utility name, where you can use X to distinguish multiple options used in the same command line instance.

argX Indicates the generic designation for an argument, where you can use X to distinguish multiple arguments used in the same command line instance.

[mandatory option] Indicates the generic designation for a mandatory argument.

Indicates the generic designation for an optional argument.

Indicates the generic designation for a string.

Indicates the generic designation for a filename.

[ ] Indicates a component of the command line. Enter only the information within the brackets and exclude the brackets.

... Indicates that the previous argument can be repeated several times in a command. Enter only the information within the ellipses and exclude the ellipses.

| Separates two mutually exclusive choices in a syntax line. For example:

usb: Turns the usb controller on or off Argument: enable | disable | legacy Enter only one choice: --usb=enable, --usb= disable, or -- usb=legacy.

Case Sensitivity Command line options, pre-defined and user-defined arguments, and filenames given as arguments are all case-sensitive on PowerEdge

systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

Unless specified otherwise, enter all commands, options, arguments, and command line switches in lowercase letters.

Command Line Option Delimiters The following table lists some examples of valid and invalid DTK command lines.

18 Command Syntax Overview

Table 5. Command Line Option Delimiters

Valid / Invalid DTK Command Line Example

valid syscfg --option1 --option2 syscfg --asset --floppy

invalid syscfg --option1=argument --option2 --option3

syscfg --asset=R910 --floppy -- bootseq

valid syscfg -o=filename --option1 --option2 syscfg -o=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq

valid syscfg -l=filename --option1 --option2 syscfg -l=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq

invalid syscfg -i=filename --option1 --option2 syscfg -i=/tmp/myfile.txt --floppy --bootseq

valid syscfg --option=argument bmcoption --option1= argument

syscfg --embnic=on pcp --hostname=webserver

NOTE: Do not combine options that specify report or set actions in a command line instance.

Other Delimiters The following table lists the other delimiters:

Table 6. Other delimiters

Delimiter Example Description

White space (space or tab) syscfg --option=argument1 argument2

considers

argument1 and

argument2 as two arguments.

A string surrounded by double quotation marks regardless of the white space contained within, is interpreted as a single SYSCFG argument.

syscfg --option="argument1 argument2"

considers

argument1 and

argument2 a single argument.

A double quotation mark preceded by a backslash (\") is interpreted as a literal double quotation mark (").

syscfg --option="\"argument" considers "argument as the argument.

Backslashes are interpreted literally, unless they immediately precede a double quotation mark. If an even number of backslashes are followed by a double quotation mark, then one backslash (\) is taken for every pair of backslashes (\\), and the double quotation mark (") is interpreted as a string delimiter.

syscfg --option="\\"argument" considers \ and argument as two arguments.

Command Syntax Overview 19

Delimiter Example Description

If an odd number of backslashes are followed by a double quotation mark, then one backslash (\) is taken for every pair of backslashes (\\) and the double quotation mark is interpreted as an escape sequence by the remaining backslash, causing a literal double quotation mark (") to be placed in the SYSCFG argument.

syscfg --option="\\\"argument" considers \ "argument as the argument.

Read And Write Commands Options can report a certain value or set of values based on the presence of an argument. These read or write actions are implied in the DTK command line arguments. The get, read, set, or write commands, for example, are not required.

NOTE: You cannot combine options that specify read or write actions in a command line instance.

Table 7. Read and Write Command Examples

Valid/Invalid DTK Command Line Example

valid syscfg --option1 --option2

valid syscfg --option1=arg --option2=arg

invalid syscfg --option1=arg --option2

File Input And Output Commands Specify the file input using the -i <filename> command, where <filename> is the name of the input file.

Specify the file output using the -o <filename> command, where <filename> is the name of the output file.

Log Files If the log file already exists, information is appended to the file. This allows multiple tools to use the same log file to record information. Use the -l option to record the output of a utility.

The log duplicates all standard output and error information to the specified file. Each log file begins with a time stamp and utility name. For example, YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS < utilname > - .

The following is an example of the logging behavior:

2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option1=on 2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option2=on 2003/11/28 10:23:17 syscfg - option3 =off

NOTE: The log files may contain sensitive information such as passwords and authentication information. To protect such information, it is recommended that only the administrator accesses the log files.

20 Command Syntax Overview

Help Option The -h and --help options display general usage information for the utility. If the argument matches a valid option, that usage information of the option is displayed. If the option has arguments, the arguments are displayed, separated by a | character. If the argument does not match a valid option, a usage error is given (and usage information is displayed). This option cannot be replicated.

Error Checking And Error Messages The DTK utilities check your commands for correct syntax when you enter them. When a command is executed successfully, a message displays stating that your command has been successful. Unrecognized or invalid options and arguments result in a usage error that displays the DTK utility name and version along with a short message. For information about the error messages, see Messages And Codes.

Command Syntax Overview 21

DTK Seamless package The DTK Seamless package is a single installer package that carries Linux DTK RPMs (RHEL, SLES) and its dependency.

Seamless package Downloading and Installing This section describes the downloading and installing of DTK seamless package.

The seamless package auto recognizes the OS type and its respective dependency during the installation and installs SYSCFG, RAIDCFG, and RACADM tools on post Linux operating system.

The advantages of seamless package are:

The size of the DTK seamless package is less (approximately 60MB) compared to that of the complete OM DVD size.

The DTK seamless package is posted independently on www.dell.com/support with OM and DTK releases.

The seamless package supports both interactive and non-interactive modes of DTK tool installation.

Interactive mode options:

Type the following command: ./DTKTOOLS_ _Linux64_ .Bin

The options displayed on the screen are as follows:

Deployment Tools Install Utility

Available install options:

[ ] 1. Command line BIOS configuration utility (syscfg utility)

[ ] 2. Command line RAID configuration utility (raidcfg utility)

[ ] 3. DRAC command line configuration utility

[ ] 4. All features

Enter the number to select/deselect (toggle selection) a component

Enter i to install the selected components.

Enter q to quit.

Once the DTK tools installation is complete, success message is displayed on the screen.

To uninstall the DTK tools, run the command

/opt/dell/toolkit/bin/dtktools-uninstall.sh d

Non-interactive mode:

3

22 DTK Seamless package

In the non-interactive mode, all the available tools are installed by default. Any other option is ignored.

Type the following command:

./DTKTOOLS_ _Linux64_ .Bin [f/--force]

Once the DTK tools installation is complete, success message is displayed on the screen.

To uninstall the DTK tools, run the command

./DTKTOOLS_ _Linux64_ .Bin [-d/--delete]

To view the available options, run the following command in the command line:

./DTKTOOLS_ _Linux64_ .Bin [h/--help].

The seamless package uninstalls the older DTK tool set version, and upgrades it to a newer version if Server Administrator is not present in the system.

DTK Seamless package 23

SYSCFG This section documents the Deployment Toolkit (DTK) system configuration utility. It describes the command line parameters, configuration file format, and individual executables used to configure server BIOS and Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) settings, DTK state settings, and system information including PCI device detection.

Topics:

Features

SYSCFG General Options

SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration

Sub Options And Arguments For power Option

Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option

Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option

SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration

SYSCFG For State Configuration

SYSCFG for System Configuration

SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration

PCI Reporting

Features The SYSCFG utility:

Displays help and usage information.

Outputs configuration options to a file or screen.

Reads configuration options from a file or Command Line Interface (CLI) parameters.

Configures BMC/Remote Access Controller (RAC) users, local area network (LAN) channel and serial channel settings, BMC/RAC platform event filter (PEF) settings, and BMC/RAC serial-over-LAN (SOL) settings.

Configures the nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) and power button.

Reports the BMC/RAC firmware version, BMC/RAC device global unique identifier (GUID), and BMC/RAC LAN channel and serial channel information.

Reports BMC/RAC session information.

Clears BMC/RAC system event log (SEL).

Restores BMC/RAC factory defaults.

Records and reports the state data value.

Displays system configuration information.

Returns specific error codes and messages.

Logs activity to a given filename.

Configures the BIOS features using ini file, DTK xml file, and ws-man xml file.

NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), the SYSCFG utility is located at \dell\toolkit\tools or \dell\toolkit\tools directory. In Linux, you can find it in the/opt/dell/toolkit/bin directory.

4

24 SYSCFG

SYSCFG General Options NOTE: Some of the options in SYSCFG are followed by an asterisk. The asterisk is not part of the command syntax. Such options are used for reporting purposes only. These commands do not accept any sub-options or arguments. The values associated with these commands are reported by the BIOS. You cannot modify these values.

No Option

Table 8. No Option

Valid Arguments NA

Description The SYSCFG utility displays the usage information.

envar

Table 9. SYSCFG General envar

Valid Arguments <valid filename> <valid path>

Description Stores the environment variable data to a file when used with the s option. This file can be called from other scripts to set the environment variable. The value of <filename> must not be specified if the DTKENVSCR environment variable is set to a valid filename. In this case, the filename pointed to by DTKENVSCR is used to store the environment variable data.

Example:

syscfg --mem -s=temp --envar= Z:\scripts\file.bat When used without the -s option, --envar takes the default variable.

Linux Example:

syscfg --svctag --envar= /tmp/myvars.txt svctag = 2G8LC1S syscfg_var =2G8LC1S source /tmp/myvars.txt Windows PE Example:

syscfg --svctag --envar=i:\myvars.bat svctag = 2G8LC1S syscfg_var =2G8LC1S call i:\myvars.bat

SYSCFG 25

h or help

Table 10. SYSCFG General h or help

Valid Arguments none or <valid option name>

Description Displays the general usage information for the utility, when no argument is provided. If the argument matches a valid option, that option's usage information is displayed. If the option has arguments, the arguments are displayed, separated by a | character. If the option has sub-options, all sub-options, valid arguments, and a description are listed. If the argument does not match a valid option, a usage error is given (and usage information is displayed). This option cannot be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg -h lanchannelaccess lanchannelaccess: Reports LAN channel access information. Sub-options: pefalerting: Enable or disable PEF (Platform Event Filter)alerting. Arguments: enable | disable ipmioverlan: Enable or disable IPMI over LAN access. Arguments: disable | alwaysavail channelprivlmt: Sets the maximum privilege level that can be accepted on the LAN channel. Arguments: user | operator |administrator

i or infile

Table 11. SYSCFG General i or infile

Valid Arguments <filename>

Description Directs the SYSCFG utility to take input from the .ini file. The utility searches the file for a section heading identical to the utility name. An error is returned if the file or section is not found. If the section is found, each name/value pair is applied to the system. The names must match a valid option, and the arguments must be in the proper format for the option. If an option is not available on a system and it is specified in a file, the utility ignores the option. If any errors are found in the format of the names or values, an error is returned and the options are not applied to the system. If this option is used with other function command options, they are applied in the order in which they appear on the command line, overriding any previous commands.

Example:

A:>syscfg -i <filename>.ini

26 SYSCFG

ix or inxmlfile

Table 12. SYSCFG General ix or inxmlfile

Valid Arguments <filename>

Description Directs the SYSCFG utility to receive input from the xml file. The utility searches the BIOS option in the file. An error is returned if the file is not found. The provided option must match a valid option, and the arguments must be in the proper format for the option. If an option is not available on a system and it is specified in a file, the utility ignores the option. If any errors are found in the format of the names or values, an error is returned and the options are not applied to the system. If this option is dependent on any other option, they are applied in the order in which they appear in the xml file.

NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later systems.

Example:

A:>syscfg --ix filename.xml NOTE: You can modify or use the BIOS configuration captured in xml format from a PowerEdge server for large scale deployment configurations using RACADM or WS-MAN. For more information on using RACADM and WS-MAN refer Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller 8 (iDRAC8) RACADM Command Line Interface Reference Guide and Dell Lifecycle Controller-Remote Services Quick Start Guide respectively available at dell.com/support/manuals.

l or logfile

Table 13. SYSCFG General l or logfile

Valid Arguments <filename>

Description Logs the command line output to a time-stamped file. The utility either appends the information to an existing log file or creates a new file. The log file contains the same information as the standard output, plus timestamp information. Users should use this option instead of redirection for task diagnosis. For more information, see Log Files .

Example:

A:>syscfg -l logfile --option=<filename>

o or outfile

Table 14. SYSCFG General o or outfile

Valid Arguments <filename>

Description Prints all replicable options to the specified filename. The format of the output is in the .ini format, with the utility name as the section header. On PowerEdge 11G systems, if a file with the same name already exists, the information is appended to the file, but on

SYSCFG 27

PowerEdge 12G it overwrites the existing file. If this option is used with other function commands, the commands are applied in the order in which they appear. This option captures replicable BMC and BIOS options.

Example:

A:>syscfg -o <filename>.ini

ox or outxmlfile

Table 15. SYSCFG General ox or outxmlfile

Valid Arguments <filename>

Description Prints all BIOS options to the specified xml file.

NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later sytems.

Example:

A:>syscfg --ox filename.ini

ovrwrt

Table 16. SYSCFG General ovrwrt

Valid Arguments NA

Description Used with the -o option to cause the output file to be overwritten if a file of the same name already exists. This option cannot be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg -o=filename.ini --ovrwrt The file filename has been overwritten.

px or pendingxmlfile

Table 17. SYSCFG General px or pendingxmlfile

Valid Arguments <filename>

Description Prints all the pending BIOS options to a specified xml file.

NOTE: It is applicable only on 12G and later sytems.

Example:

A:>syscfg --px filename.xml

28 SYSCFG

s

Table 18. SYSCFG General s

Valid Arguments <string>

Description Prints the variable name and the assigned value to the console. This option when used with --envar, picks up the environment variable data and stores it in a file. This file can be called from a script. For more information, see envar.

Example:

A:>syscfg -s ENVNAME --svctag svctag=SERVICE ENVNAME=SERVICE

version

Table 19. SYSCFG General version

Valid Arguments NA

Description Displays the version information, current time, and date for the utility. This option cannot be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --version syscfg Version 4.4 P01(Windows - Jan 29 2014,16:48:48) Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc.

SYSCFG For BIOS Configuration SYSCFG uses BIOS interfaces to manipulate boot order and BIOS settings. It configures all options available on the BIOS setup screen, including boot order, embedded device configuration, and asset tag management. Consider the following while using the SYSCFG options:

On systems prior to 12G, options and arguments are case-sensitive.

NOTE: The naming format of Dell PowerEdge systems is yxxx; y denotes alphabets, for example, M (modular), R (rack), or T (tower) and x denotes numbers. For example, a PowerEdge R720 is a 12th Generation rack mount 700 series server.

On 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later systems, the SYSCFG options are grouped.

Running SYSCFG without arguments on any system only displays the valid options.

Reboot the system for the BIOS options to take effect.

On 12th generation of PowerEdge systems are backward compatible and support legacy arguments enable and disable. However, it is recommended to use enabled and disabled on 12th generation of PowerEdge systems as the arguments enable and disable may be deprecated in future. For more information, see the BIOS options help.

To list the options which are set on the system, but not applied due to pending reboot, type:

syscfg --pendingvalues If a setup password is set, provide the password while configuring the SYSCFG options as:

syscfg -- = -- valsetuppwd= Some of the BIOS options or arguments may not be available on all systems due to:

The BIOS version or hardware feature set.

SYSCFG 29

A missing or expired license. The system displays an error message if the required license is not found. For more information, see Dell License Manager on dell.com/support/manuals.

Some of the options are followed by an asterisk. The asterisk is not part of the command syntax. Such options are used for reporting purposes only. These commands do not accept any suboptions or arguments. The values associated with these commands are reported by the BIOS. You cannot modify these values.

SYSCFG BIOS commands SYSCFG BIOS equivalent RACADM commands are listed:

For more information on RACADM commands, see the RACADM Command Line Reference Guide available at dell.com/ openmanagemanuals.com.

Table 20. BIOS options with equivalent RACADM options

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

BIOS Option Settings --BootSeq --bootseq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeq

--HddSeq --devseq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq

Boot Settings --BootMode --bootmode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode

--BootSeqRetry --bootseqretry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry

--HddFailover

NOTE: The option is not supported on 12G systems.

--hddfailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover

--SetBootOrderFqddn

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn

-- SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd

Integrated Devices --EmbVideo --embvideoctrl BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo

--IoatEngine --ioat BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine

--IntegratedNetwork1 N/A BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1

--IntegratedNetwork2 N/A BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2

--IntegratedRaid --integratedraid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid

--IntegratedSas --integratedsas BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedSas

--InternalSdCard --embsdcard BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalSdCard

30 SYSCFG

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

-- InternalSdCardRedundancy

--embsdcardredundancy BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalSdCardRedundanc y

--InternalUsb --internalusb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb

--InternalUsb1 --internalusbport1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb1

--InternalUsb2 --internalusbport2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb2

--OsWatchdogTimer --oswatchdogtimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer

--SriovGlobalEnable --sriov BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable

--UsbPorts --usbports BIOS.IntegratedDevices.UsbPorts

--Usb3Setting

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

N/A N/A

-- InternalSdCardPrimaryCard

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

N/A N/A

--CurrentEmbVideoState

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

N/A N/A

IscsiDev1ConnChapType

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

IscsiDev1ConnEnDis

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

IscsiDev1ConnInterface N/A

SYSCFG 31

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

IscsiDev1ConnProtocol

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

IscsiDev1ConnTimeout

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

IscsiDev1ConnVlanId

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

IscsiDev1ConnAuth

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A N/A

Memory Settings --CorrEccSmi N/A N/A

--DynamicCoreAllocation N/A N/A

--MemOpMode --memoperatingmode BIOS.MemSettings.MemOpMode

--MemOpVoltage --dimmvoltage BIOS.MemSettings.MemOpVoltage

--MemTest --memtest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest

--NodeInterleave --nodeinterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave

--RedundantMem --redmem BIOS.MemSettings.RedundantMem

--SerialDbgOut N/A BIOS.MemSettings.Serialdbgout

--SysMemSize* --mem* BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSize

--SnoopMode --snoopfilter BIOS.MemSettings.SnoopFilter

32 SYSCFG

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is not supported on 12G systems.

--SysMemSpeed* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSpeed

--SysMemType* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemType

--SysMemVolt* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemVolt

--VideoMem* N/A BIOS.MemSettings.VideoMem

--ClusterOnDie

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

N/A N/A

RedundantOsLocation

NOTE: The option is supported only on 14G and later systems.

N/A N/A

Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag* --asset* BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag

--ErrPrompt --f1f2promptonerror BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt

--InSystemCharacterization N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization

--NumLock --numlock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock

--ForceInt10

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10

--InSystemCharacterization

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization

--ReportKbdErr

NOTE: The option is not supported on 13G and later systems.

--rptkeyerr BIOS.MiscSettings.ReportKbdErr

DellAutoDiscovery N/A

SYSCFG 33

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

DellWyseP25BIOSAccess

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

Network Settings

NOTE: The option is supported only on 13G and later systems.

--PxeDevnEnDis N/A BIOS.NetworkSettings.PxeDevnEnDis

HttpDevnInterface

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

HttpDevnProtocol

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

HttpDevnVlanEnDis

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

HttpDevnVlanId

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

N/A

--PxeDevnInterface N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnProtocol

--PxeDevnProtocol N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnProtocol

--PxeDevnVlanEnDis N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanEnDis

--PxeDevnVlanId N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanId

34 SYSCFG

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

--PxeDevnVlanPriority N/A BIOS.PxeDevice1Settings.PxeDevnVlanPriority

One-Time Boot

NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--OneTimeBootMode N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeBootMode

--OneTimeBootSeqDev --nextboot BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeBootSeqDev

--OneTimeHddSeqDev N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeHddSeqDev

--OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev N/A BIOS.OneTimeBoot.OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev

Processor Settings --DataReuse --datareuse BIOS.ProcSettings.DataReuse

--DcuIpPrefetcher N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher

--DcuStreamerPrefetcher --dcustreamerprefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher

--LogicalProc --logicproc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc

--Proc1Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1Brand

--Proc1Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1Id

--Proc1L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1L2Cache

--Proc1L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1L3Cache

--Proc1NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc1NumCores

--Proc2Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2Brand

--Proc2Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2Id

--Proc2L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2L2Cache

--Proc2L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2L3Cache

--Proc2NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc2NumCores

--Proc3Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3Brand

--Proc3Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3Id

--Proc3L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3L2Cache

--Proc3L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3L3Cache

--Proc3NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc3NumCores

--Proc4Brand* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4Brand

--Proc4Id* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4Id

--Proc4L2Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4L2Cache

--Proc4L3Cache* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4L3Cache

--Proc4NumCores* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc4NumCores

SYSCFG 35

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

--Proc64bit* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.Proc64bit

--ProcAdjCacheLine --adjcacheprefetch BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcAdjCacheLine

--ProcBusSpeed* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcBusSpeed

--ProcCores --cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores

--ProcCoreSpeed* N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed

--ProcExecuteDisable --cpuxdsupport BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable

--ProcHwPrefetcher --hwprefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher

--ProcVirtualization --virtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization

--QpiBandwidthPriority --qpibandwidthpriority BIOS.ProcSettings.QpiBandwidthPriority

--QpiSpeed N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.QpiSpeed

--RtidSetting N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting

--ProcnControlledTurbo

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcnControlledTurbo

--ProcConfigTdp

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcConfigTdp

--ProcX2Apic

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic

SATA Settings --EmbSata --embsataraid BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata

--eSataPort1 N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1

--eSataPort1Capacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1Capacity

--eSataPort1DriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1DriveType

--eSataPort1Model* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.eSataPort1Model

--SataPortA --sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA

--SataPortACapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortACapacity

--SataPortADriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortADriveType

--SataPortAModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortAModel

--SataPortB --sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB

36 SYSCFG

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

--SataPortBCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBCapacity

--SataPortBDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBDriveType

--SataPortBModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortBModel

--SataPortC --sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC

--SataPortCCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCCapacity

--SataPortCDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCDriveType

--SataPortCModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortCModel

--SataPortD --sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD

--SataPortDCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDCapacity

--SataPortDDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDDriveType

--SataPortDModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortDModel

--SataPortE --sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE

--SataPortECapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortECapacity

--SataPortEDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortEDriveType

--SataPortEModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortEModel

--SataPortF --sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF

--SataPortFCapacity* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFCapacity

--SataPortFDriveType* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFDriveType

--SataPortFModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortFModel

--SataPortG

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--sata6 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG

--SataPortGCapacity*

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity

--SataPortGDriveType*

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType

--SataPortGModel* N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel

SYSCFG 37

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--SataPortH

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH

--SataPortHCapacity*

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity

--SataPortHDriveType*

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType

--SataPortHModel*

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel

--SataPortI

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI

--SataPortICapacity

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity

--SataPortIDriveType

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType

--SataPortIModel N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel

38 SYSCFG

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--SataPortJ

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ

--SataPortJCapacity

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity

--SataPortJDriveType

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType

--SataPortJModel

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel

--SecurityFreezeLock

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock

Serial Communication --ConTerrmType --conterm BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType

--ExtSerialConnector --extserial BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector

--FailSafeBaud --fsbr BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud

--RedirAfterBoot N/A BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot

--SerialComm --serialcomm BIOS.SerialCommSettings.SerialComm

--SerialPortAddress --serialportaddrsel BIOS.SerialCommSettings.SerialPortAddress

Slot Disablement --Slotn N/A BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn

SlotnBif N/A N/A

SYSCFG 39

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 14G and later systems.

System Information --SysMfrContactInfo* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SysMfrContactInfo

--SystemBiosVersion* --biosver BIOS.SysInformation.SystemBiosVersion

--SystemManufacturer* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SystemManufacturer

--SystemModelName* N/A BIOS.SysInformation.SystemModelName

--SystemServiceTag* --svctag/--syssvctag* BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag

--SystemMeVersion*

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A N/A

--UefiComplianceVersion

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SysInformation.UefiComplianceVersion

System Profile Settings --CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl

--MemFrequency --memorypowermode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemFrequency

--MemPatrolScrub N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemPatrolScrub

--MemRefreshRate N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemRefreshRate

--MemVolt N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MemVolt

--MonitorMwait N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.MonitorMwait

--PowerSaver N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.PowerSaver

--ProcC1E --cpuc1e BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcC1E

--ProcCStates --cstates BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcCStates

--ProcPwrPerf --cpupowermode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcPwrPerf

--ProcTurboMode --turbomode BIOS.SysProfileSettings.ProcTurboMode

--SysProfile --profile BIOS.SysProfileSettings.SysProfile

--EnergyEfficientTurbo

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SysProfileSettings.EnergyEfficientTurbo

--ProcnTurboCoreNum N/A N/A

40 SYSCFG

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--EnergyPerformanceBias

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

BIOS.SysProfileSettings.EnergyPerformanceBias

--UncoreFrequency

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

BIOS.SysProfileSettings.UncoreFrequency

System Security --AcPwrRcvry --acpower BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvry

--AcPwrRcvryDelay N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay

--AcPwrRcvryUserDelay N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryUserDelay

--AesNi N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.Aesni

--IntelTxt --inteltxt BIOS.SysSecurity.IntelTxt

--NmiButton --nmibutton BIOS.SysSecurity.NmiButton

--PasswordStatus --pwdlock BIOS.SysSecurity.PasswordStatus

--PwrButton --powerbutton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton

--SetupPassword --setuppwd BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword

--SysPassword --syspwd BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword

--SystemCpldVersion* N/A N/A

--TcmActivation

NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--tcmactivation BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmActivation

--TcmClear

NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--tcmclear BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmClear

--TcmSecurity --tcmsecurity BIOS.SysSecurity.TcmSecurity

SYSCFG 41

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--TpmActivation

NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--tpmactivation BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmActivation

--TpmClear

NOTE: The option is not supported on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

--tpmclear BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmClear

--TpmSecurity --tpmsecurity BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmSecurity

--TpmStatus N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.TPMStatus

--TpmInfo

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A N/A

--TpmCommand

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.TpmCommand

--UefiVariableAccess N/A N/A

--SecureBoot

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A BIOS.SysSecurity.SecureBoot

--SecureBootPolicy

NOTE: The option is supported only on Dell PowerEdge 13G and later systems.

N/A N/A

SecureBootMode N/A N/A

42 SYSCFG

Group Option on 12G and Later systems

Option on Systems Prior to 12G Systems

Equivalent RACADM Option

NOTE: The option is available only on 14G and later systems.

TpmPpiBypassClear N/A N/A

TpmPpiBypassProvision N/A N/A

UEFI Boot Settings --UefiBootSeq N/A BIOS.BiosBootSettings.UefiBootSeq

BIOS Option Settings You can manage the BIOS start settings using the options in this group.

BootSeq or bootseq

Table 21. SYSCFG Options Supported BootSeq or bootseq

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names

separated by commas

On 12G and later systems: list of device names separated by commas

Description Enables, disables, and orders the devices in a boot order list. Only the devices present on the system are listed in the boot sequence.

NOTE: Only the devices listed in the bootseq are enabled.

Without an argument, this option prints the boot order list. The argument must be formatted as a comma-separated numerical list with no spaces. The list must be within the bounds of the current boot list, that is, the low and high numbers must match, and the same number of entries must be supplied. Systems that use a numerical list for boot order cannot be replicated.

Some systems also allow the boot order to be expressed as a list of device names. Device names are formatted as a name.location.instance string, where name is the name of the device, location is either slot or embedded (emb), and instance is the numerical position of the device. Some device name examples are shown below. Systems that support a list of device names for boot order can be replicated.

Numerical Lists Examples:

A:>syscfg --bootseq= 2,3,4,5,1,6 The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C: Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500 Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device

SYSCFG 43

NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.

Device Name Examples:

Example of device names:

nic.slot.1 (network adapter 1 in PCI slot) nic.emb.1 (network adapter 1 on system board) hdd.emb.0 (hard drive C:) cdrom.emb.0 (CD drive) Device Name Lists Examples

Example 1:

#syscfg --bootseq The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* cdrom.emb.0 - IDE CD-ROM device Device 3:* hdd.emb.0 - Hard drive C: Device 5:* virtual.slot.1 - VIRTUALCDROM DRIVE Device 1:* floppy.emb.0 - Diskette drive A:1226 Device 6:* virtual.slot.2 - VIRTUALFLOPPY DRIVE Device 4:* nic.emb.1 - IBA GE Slot 0638 v1226 Example 2:

#syscfg --bootseq=nic.emb.1,virtual.slot.1 The following devices are set in the boot sequence:

Device 4:* nic.emb.1 - IBA GE Slot 0638 v Device 5:* virtual.slot.1 - VIRTUALCDROM DRIVE Device 2: cdrom.emb.0 - IDE CD-ROM device Device 3: hdd.emb.0 - Hard drive C: Device 1: floppy.emb.0 - Diskette drive A:

NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

HddSeq or devseq

Table 22. SYSCFG Options Supported HddSeq or devseq

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names

separated by commas

On 12G and later systems: list of device names separated by commas

Description Sets the hard-drive sequence for a system. The first hard drive in the system will be the bootable C: drive in DOS/DOS-like operating systems. Without an argument, this option displays the device list. The argument must be formatted as a comma-separated numerical

44 SYSCFG

list of device index values. The list must be within the bounds of the current boot list. For example, the low and high numbers must match. Systems that use a numerical list for boot order cannot be replicated. This option is applicable when bootmode is set to Bios and has no effect when bootmode is set to Uefi.

Some systems allow the boot order to be expressed as a list of device names. Systems that support device names also support replication of the boot order through the output file option. Device names are formatted as a name.location.instance string, where name is the name of the device, location is either slot or embedded (emb) , and instance is the numerical position of the device. Some device name examples are shown below. Systems that support a list of device names for boot order can be replicated.

Example 1:

A:>syscfg --devseq The following devices are set in the disk device sequence: Device 1:* hdd.emb.0 - System BIOS boot devices Device 2:* scsiraid.slot.3 - PERC 5/E Adapter(bus 02 dev 02) Device 3:* usbkey.slot.0 - Hard-disk-emulated USB flash drive Example 2:

A:>syscfg --devseq= hdd.emb.1,scsiraid.emb.1 The following devices are set in the disk device sequence: Device 1:* hdd.emb.0 - System BIOS boot devices Device 2:* scsiraid.emb.1 - AIC-7899, A:00 Seagate

NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

Boot Settings You can manage the boot settings using the options in this group.

BootMode or bootmode

Table 23. BootMode or bootmode

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: uefi, bios

On 12G and later systems: Uefi, Bios

Description Determines the boot mode of the system. Allows booting to Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) -capable operating systems or ensures compatibility with operating systems that do not support UEFI.

NOTE: If boot mode is modified, reboot the system before executing the OS installation scripts.

Example:

A:>syscfg --bootmode=uefi bootmode=uefi

SYSCFG 45

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G and later systems

BootSeqRetry or bootseqretry

Table 24. BootSeqRetry or bootseqretry

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the boot sequence retry feature. When set to enable, the system re- attempts to set the boot order after a 30-second time-out if the last boot attempt has failed. This option can be replicated.

A:>syscfg --bootseqretry=enable bootseqretry=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

HddFailover or hddfailover

Table 25. HddFailover or hddfailover

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, on

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Descriptionoff Specifies the device in the Hard Disk Drive Sequence menu that has not been attempted in the boot sequence. When set to on, all devices are attempted in an order in which they are configured. When set to off, only the first device in the hard disk sequence is attempted. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --hddfailover=on hddfailover=on

Applicable Systems All systems except PowerEdge 12G systems.

SetBootOrderFqddn

Table 26. SetBootOrderFqddn

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA

On 13G and later systems: <string>

Description Displays the list of FQDDs representing the boot list to be applied on the next boot.

NOTE: The value of n in SetBootOrderFqddn can be 116.

46 SYSCFG

Example:

A:>syscfg --SetBootOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz SetBootOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems

SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn

Table 27. SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA

On 13G and later systems: <string>

Description Displays the list of FQDDs representing the legacy hard-disk drive list to be applied on the next boot.

NOTE: The value of n in SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn can be 116.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz SetLegacyHddOrderFqdd1=xxxx,yyy,zzzz

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems

Integrated Devices You can use the options in this group to manage the integrated devices such as internal NIC and integrated USB.

EmbNic1 or embnic1

Table 28. EmbNic1 or embnic1

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled

Description Turns the first embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.

The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embnic1=onnopxe embnic1=onnopxe

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SYSCFG 47

EmbNic1Nic2 or embnic1nic2

Table 29. EmbNic1Nic2 or embnic1nic2

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, DisabledOs

Description Enables or disables the operating system interface of the first and second embedded NIC controllers.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embnic1nic2=enable --embnic1nic2=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems

EmbNic2 or embnic2

Table 30. EmbNic2 or embnic2

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled

Description Turns the second embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.

The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embnic2=onnopxe embnic2=onnopxe

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

EmbNic3 or embnic3

Table 31. EmbNic3 or embnic3

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled

Description Turns the third embedded NIC on with PXE on, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have a NIC. If the NIC is enabled without PXE, it is

48 SYSCFG

not found in the boot order. If the NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems.

The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic1 option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embnic3=onnopxe embnic3=onnopxe

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

EmbNic3Nic4 or embnic3nic4

Table 32. EmbNic3Nic4 or embnic3nic4

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, DisabledOs

Description Enables or disables the operating system interface of the third and fourth embedded NIC controllers.

Example:

A:>syscfg --EmbNic3Nic4=enable --embnic3nic4=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems

EmbNic4 or embnic4

Table 33. EmbNic4 or embnic4

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off, onnopxe, onwithiscsi

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, EnabledPxe, EnablediScsi, Disabled

Description Turns the fourth embedded NIC on with PXE enabled, off, or on without PXE enabled. This option is only valid for supported systems that have four embedded NICs. If the fourth NIC is enabled without PXE, it is not found in the boot order. If the fourth NIC is turned on with PXE, it is placed at the end of the boot order. The onnopxe argument is not supported on all systems. This option can be replicated.

The onwithiscsi argument enables the embedded NIC to boot from the iSCSI server. The embnic4 option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embnic4=onnopxe embnic4=onnopxe

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SYSCFG 49

EmbVideo or embvideoctrl

Table 34. EmbVideo or embvideoctrl

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the BIOS support for the Embedded Video Controller

Example:

A:>syscfg --embvideoctrl=enable embvideoctrl=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems

IoatEngine or ioat

Table 35. IoatEngine or ioat

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the I/O Acceleration Technology (I/OAT) DMA Engine option. This option must be enabled only if the hardware and software support I/OAT on your system. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --ioat=enabled ioat=enabled

IntegratedNetwork1

Table 36. IntegratedNetwork1

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, DisabledOs

Description Enables or disables Integrated Network 1.

NOTE: If set to DisabledOs, the Integrated NICs may still be available for shared network access by the embedded management controller. This function must be configured through the NIC management utilities provided with your system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --IntegratedNetwork1=Enabled IntegratedNetwork1=Enabled

50 SYSCFG

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

IntegratedNetwork2

Table 37. IntegratedNetwork2

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, DisabledOs

Description Enables or disables Integrated Network 2.

NOTE: If set to DisabledOs, the Integrated NICs may still be available for shared network access by the embedded management controller. This function must be configured through the NIC management utilities provided with your system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --IntegratedNetwork2=Enabled IntegratedNetwork2=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

IntegratedRaid or integratedraid

Table 38. IntegratedRaid or integratedraid

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the integrated RAID controller. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --integratedraid=disable integratedraid=disable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

IntegratedSas or integratedsas

Table 39. IntegratedSas or integratedsas

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the integrated SAS controller. This option can be replicated.

SYSCFG 51

Example:

A:>syscfg --integratedsas=enable integratedsas=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

InternalSdCard or embsdcard

Table 40. InternalSdCard or embsdcard

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off

On 12G and later systems: On, Off

Description Enables or disables the embedded SD card port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embsdcard=off embsdcard=off

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

InternalSdCardRedundancy or embsdcardredundancy

Table 41. InternalSdCardRedundancy or embsdcardredundancy

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: mirrormode, disable

On 12G and later systems: Mirror, Disabled

Description Sets the internal SD card port redundancy to Mirror mode or Disabled.

When set to Mirror mode, read-write operation occurs on both the secure digital (SD) cards. When one of the SD cards fails and is replaced, on booting, the data of the active card is copied to the offline card.

When set to Disabled, read-write operation occurs only on SD card 1.

NOTE: On Blade systems, disable the vflash key to configure this option.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

52 SYSCFG

InternalUsb or internalusb

Table 42. InternalUsb or internalusb

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, on

On 12G and later systems: On, Off

Description Turns the internal USB port on or off.

Example:

A:>syscfg --internalusb=on internalusb=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

InternalUsb1 or internalusbport1

Table 43. InternalUsb1 or internalusbport1

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off

On 12G and later systems: On, Off

Description Turns the internal USB port 1on or off.

Example:

A:>syscfg --internalusbport1=on internalusbport1=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

InternalUsb2 or internalusbport2

Table 44. InternalUsb2 or internalusbport2

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off

On 12G and later systems: On, Off

Description Turns the internal USB port 2 on or off.

Example:

A:>syscfg --internalusbport2=on internalusbport2=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SYSCFG 53

OsWatchdogTimer or oswatchdogtimer

Table 45. OsWatchdogTimer or oswatchdogtimer

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Aids in the recovery of the operating system when the system stops responding. When this option is set to enable, the operating system is allowed to initialize the timer. When set to disable (the default), the timer has no effect on the system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --oswatchdogtimer=enable oswatchdogtimer=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SriovGlobalEnable or sriov

Table 46. SriovGlobalEnable or sriov

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables support for Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) devices.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sriov=disable sriov=disable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

UsbPorts or usbports

Table 47. UsbPorts or usbports

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, enablebackonly, disable

On 12G and later systems: AllOn, OnlyBackPortsOn, AllOff

Description Enables or disables USB ports. When set to enable, it enables all user accessible USB ports. When set to enablebackonlyor OnlyBackPortsOn, the front user-accessible ports are disabled. When set to disable or AllOff, both front and back user accessible ports are disabled. This option can be replicated.

54 SYSCFG

Example:

A:>syscfg --usbports=enable usbports=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

MmioAbove4Gb

Table 48. MmioAbove4Gb

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description This field helps in enabling support for PCIe devices that require large amount of memory. Enable this option only for 64-bit operating systems.

Example:

A:>syscfg --MmioAbove4Gb=Enabled MmioAbove4Gb=Enabled

Usb3Setting

Table 49. Usb3Setting

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA

On 13G and later systems: Auto, Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the USB 3.0 port.

Auto USB ports operate at USB 2.0 speed.

Enabled USB ports operates at USB 3.0 speed.

Disabled USB 3.0 host controller is disabled and the speed is set to USB 2.0.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Usb3Setting=Auto Usb3Setting=Auto

Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems

CurrentEmbVideoState

Table 50. CurrentEmbVideoState

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

SYSCFG 55

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the current state of the Embedded Video Controller.

Example:

A:>syscfg --CurrentEmbVideoState CurrentEmbVideoState=xxx

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

InternalSdCardPrimaryCard

Table 51. InternalSdCardPrimaryCard

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA

On 13G and later systems: SdCard1, SdCard2

Description Sets an internal SD card as the primary SD card.

A:>syscfg --InternalSdCardPrimaryCard=SdCard1 InternalSdCardPrimaryCard=SdCard1

IscsiDev1ConnChapType

Table 52. IscsiDev1Con ChapType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: OneWay, Mutual

Description Sets the Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) type of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnChapType can be 1 or 2.

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1ChapType=Mutual IscsiDev1Con1ChapType=Mutual

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis

Table 53. IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnDhcpEnDis can be 1 or 2.

56 SYSCFG

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1DhcpEnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1DhcpEnDis=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

IscsiDev1ConnEnDis

Table 54. IscsiDev1ConnEnDis

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Sets the configuration of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnEnDis can be 1 or 2.

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1EnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1EnDis=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

IscsiDev1ConnInterface

Table 55. IscsiDev1ConnInterface

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: <FQDD name>

Description Displays the NIC interface of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnInterface can be 1 or 2.

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Interface IscsiDev1Con1Interface=XXXX

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

IscsiDev1ConnProtocol

Table 56. IscsiDev1ConnProtocol

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: IPv4, IPv6

Description Displays the IP used for the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnProtocol can be 1 or 2.

SYSCFG 57

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Protocol IscsiDev1Con1Interface=IPv4

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

IscsiDev1ConnTimeout

Table 57. IscsiDev1ConnTimeout

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: <integer>

Description Sets the time-out of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnTimeout can be 1 or 2.

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Timeout=XXXX IscsiDev1Con1Timeout=XXXX

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis

Table 58. IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the virtual LAN (VLAN) configuration of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnVlanEnDis can be 1 or 2.

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1VlanEnDis=Enabled IscsiDev1Con1VlanEnDis=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

IscsiDev1ConnVlanId

Table 59. IscsiDev1ConnVlanId

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: <integer>

Description Displays the virtual LAN (VLAN) ID of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnVlanId can be 1 or 2.

58 SYSCFG

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1VlanId IscsiDev1Con1VlanId=XXXX

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

IscsiDev1ConnAuth

Table 60. IscsiDev1ConnAuth

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: None, Chap

Description Sets the authentication type of the iSCSI connection. Where the value of n in IscsiDev1ConnAuth can be 1 or 2.

Example:

A:>syscfg --IscsiDev1Con1Auth=None IscsiDev1Con1Auth=None

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

Network Settings You can manage the system network settings using the options in this group.

PxeDevnEnDis

Table 61. PxeDevnEnDis

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) device. When enabled, a Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) boot option is created for the PXE device.

NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnEnDis can be 14.

Example:

A:>syscfg --PxeDev1EnDis=Enabled PxeDev1EnDis=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

SYSCFG 59

PxeDevnInterface

Table 62. PxeDevnInterface

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the NIC interface used for the PXE device.

NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnInterface can be 14.

Example:

A:>syscfg --PxeDev1Interface

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

PxeDevnProtocol

Table 63. PxeDevnProtocol

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the IP version used for the PXE device.

NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanId can be 14.

Example:

A:>syscfg --PxeDev1Protocol

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

PxeDevnVlanEnDis

Table 64. PxeDevnVlanEnDis

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the virtual LAN (VLAN) of the PXE device.

NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanEnDis can be 14.

Example:

A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanEnDis=Enabled PxeDev1VlanEnDis=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

60 SYSCFG

PxeDevnVlanId

Table 65. PxeDevnVlanId

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: <integer>

Description Sets the virtual LAN (VLAN) of the PXE device.

NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanId can be 14.

Example:

A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanId=XXXX

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

PxeDevnVlanPriority

Table 66. PxeDevnVlanPriority

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: <integer>

Description Sets the virtual LAN (VLAN) priority of the PXE device.

NOTE: The value of n in PxeDevnVlanPriority can be 14.

Example:

A:>syscfg --PxeDev1VlanPriority=X PxeDev1VlanPriority=X

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

HttpDevnInterface

Table 67. HttpDevnInterface

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: NIC.Integrated.1-1-1, NIC.Integrated.1-2-1, NIC.Integrated.1-3-1, NIC.Integrated.1-4-1

Description The NIC interface used for HTTP device. The value of n in HttpDevnInterface can be from 1 to 4.

Example:

A:>syscfg --HttpDev1Interface=NIC.Integrated.1-2-1 HttpDev1Interface=NIC.Integrated.1-1-1

SYSCFG 61

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

HttpDevnProtocol

Table 68. HttpDevnProtocol

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: IPv4, IPv6

Description Determines whether the Internet Protocol version 4 older version or the Internet Protocol version 6 the newest version is used for this device. The value of n in HttpDevnProtocol can be from 1 to 4.

Example:

A:>syscfg --HttpDev2Protocol=IPv4 HttpDev2Protocol=IPv4

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

HttpDevnVlanEnDis

Table 69. HttpDevnVlanEnDis

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Set the field to Enabled if your DNS or HTTP servers reside on a Virtual LAN (VLAN). The value of n in HttpDevnVlanEnDis can be from 1 to 4.

Example:

A:>syscfg --HttpDev3VlanEnDis=Enabled HttpDev3VlanEnDis=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

HttpDevnVlanId

Table 70. HttpDevnVlanId

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description When VLAN is enabled, identifies which of the 4094 possible VLANs contains the desired DNS or HTTP servers. This value can be 1 4094 inclusive. Where n is from 1 to 4.

Example:

A:>syscfg --HttpDev2VlanId=Enabled

62 SYSCFG

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

Memory Settings You can manage the memory-related configuration settings using the objects in this group.

CorrEccSmi or memprefailurenotify

Table 71. CorrEccSmi or memprefailurenotify

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the Correctable ECC SMIs. When enabled, the SMIs report the Correctable ECC errors.

This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --CorrEccSmi=Enabled CorrEccSmi=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

DynamicCoreAllocation

Table 72. DynamicCoreAllocation

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the operating system capability to maintain the logical processors in the idle state to reduce power consumption.

Example:

A:>syscfg --DynamicCoreAllocation=Enabled DynamicCoreAllocation=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

MemOpMode or memoperatingmode

Table 73. MemOpMode or memoperatingmode

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: optimizer, mirror, advancedecc

SYSCFG 63

On 12G and later systems: OptimizerMode, SpareMode, MirrorMode, AdvEccMode, SpareWithAdvEccMode

Description Selects the memory operating mode. This feature is active only if a valid memory configuration is detected. When OptimizerMode is enabled, the DRAM controllers operate independently in 64-bit mode and provide optimized memory performance. When MirrorMode is enabled, only half of the installed memory is reported as available to the operating system. When AdvECCMode is enabled, the two DRAM controllers are combined in 128-bit mode to provide optimized reliability. Memory that cannot be teamed by the controllers is not reported to the operating system. When SpareMode is enabled, the memory size reported to the operating system does not include the spare portion.

Example:

A:>syscfg --memoperatingmode=optimizer memoperatingmode=optimizer

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems

MemOpVoltage or dimmvoltage

Table 74. MemOpVoltage or dimmvoltage

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: auto, 1.5

On 12G and later systems: AutoVolt, Volt15V

Description Sets the DIMM voltage selection. When set to AutoVolt(default value), the system automatically sets the voltage to the optimal setting based upon the DIMM capability and the installed DIMM population. This option also enables setting the system DIMM voltage to a higher (1.5V) setting if the DIMMs support multiple voltages and have been set to a lower voltage.

NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt.

Example:

A:>syscfg --dimmvoltage=auto dimmvoltage=auto

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

MemTest or memtest

Table 75. MemTest or memtest

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the POST extended memory test.

64 SYSCFG

Example:

A:>syscfg --MemTest=Enabled MemTest=Enabled

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

NodeInterleave or nodeinterleave

Table 76. NodeInterleave or nodeinterleave

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables node interleaving, if the system is configured with matching memory. If set to disable (default), the system supports Non-Uniform Memory (NUMA) architecture memory configurations. This field is active only if the memory configuration can support node interleaving.

NOTE: The nodeinterleave option is same as memintleave option. For more information, see memintleave.

Example:

A:>syscfg --nodeinterleave=enable nodeinterleave=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

redmem

Table 77. redmem

Valid Arguments off, spare, mirror, DDDC

Description Allows selection of the required redundant memory mode, or disables redundant memory. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --redmem=off redmem=off

Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series processor

SerialDbgOut

Table 78. SerialDbgOut

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

SYSCFG 65

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the RC/MRC Serial debug output.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SerialDbgOut=Enabled SerialDbgOut=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SysMemSize or mem

Table 79. SysMemSize or mem

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of main memory in the system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --mem mem=500

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems.

SnoopMode or snoopfilter

Table 80. SnoopMode or snoopfilter

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the snoop filter option from the system BIOS.

Example:

A:>syscfg --snoopfilter=enable snoopfilter=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SysMemSpeed

Table 81. SysMemSpeed

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

66 SYSCFG

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the clock frequency of the main memory.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SysMemSpeed

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SysMemType

Table 82. SysMemType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the type of main memory installed in the system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SysMemType

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SysMemVolt

Table 83. SysMemVolt

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the voltage of the main memory.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SysMemVolt

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

VideoMem

Table 84. VideoMem

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the total amount of video memory available to the embedded video controller.

SYSCFG 67

Example:

A:>syscfg --VideoMem

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

ClusterOnDie

Table 85. ClusterOnDie

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the Cluster On Die option. When enabled, the feature enhances the performance of the system with two caching agents.

A:>syscfg --ClusterOnDie=Enabled ClusterOnDie=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

RedundantOsLocation

Table 86. RedundantOsLocation

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

Description Specifies the backup device for the Redundant OS Control feature. When Redundant OS Boot is set to Enabled, the BIOS will boot to this device.

NOTE: In order for the devices and slots listed below to show up as optional backup devices, their settings must be as shown:

SD Card Port -- On Internal USB Port -- On Embedded SATA -- anything other than Off PCIe Slot Disablement -- Enabled

Example:

A:>syscfg --RedundantOsLocation

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems.

Miscellaneous Settings You can manage the miscellaneous settings using the options in this group.

68 SYSCFG

AssetTag or asset

Table 87. AssetTag or asset

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Reports or sets the customer-programmable asset tag number for a system. This value can be replicated.

NOTE: The Asset Tag is a string assigned to a system, usually by an administrator, for security or tracking purposes. The Asset Tag can be up to 10 characters long and can contain only printable US-ASCII characters. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.

Example:

A:>syscfg --asset=<ASSETTAG> asset=ASSETTAG

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems except Blade systems

ErrPrompt or f1f2promptonerror

Table 88. ErrPrompt or f1f2promptonerror

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the BIOS to prompt F1 or F2 error codes.

Example:

A:>syscfg --f1f2promptonerror=enable f1f2promptonerror=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G and later systems

InSystemCharacterization

Table 89. InSystemCharacterization

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: FastBoot, OptimizedBoot, Disabled

Description In-System Characterization (ISC) runs during power-on self-test (POST) on detecting relevant changes in the system configuration to optimize power and performance. ISC takes about 20 seconds to run, and a system restart is required to apply the system configuration changes. The FastBoot option runs ISC and continues without applying ISC results until

SYSCFG 69

the next system restart. The OptimizedBoot option runs ISC and forces an immediate system restart to apply the results. If set to Disabled, ISC does not run.

Example:

A:>syscfg --InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot

NumLock or numlock

Table 90. NumLock or numlock

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off

On 12G and later systems: On, Off

Description Turns the keyboard number lock on or off. This option is not replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --numlock=on numlock=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

ForceInt10

Table 91. ForceInt10

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA

On 13G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Determines whether the system BIOS loads the legacy video (INT 10h) option ROM from the video controller or not. Set to Enabled if the operating system does not support UEFI video output standards.

NOTE: This field is supported only in UEFI boot mode. This field cannot be set to Enabled if UEFI SecureBoot is enabled.

Example:

A:>syscfg --ForceInt10=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems

InSystemCharacterization

Table 92. InSystemCharacterization

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

70 SYSCFG

On 12G and later systems: FastBoot, OptimizedBoot, Disabled

Description In-System Characterization (ISC) runs during power-on self-test (POST) on detecting relevant changes in the system configuration to optimize power and performance. ISC takes about 20 seconds to run, and a system restart is required to apply the system configuration changes. The FastBoot option runs ISC and continues without applying ISC results until the next system restart. The OptimizedBoot option runs ISC and forces an immediate system restart to apply the results. If set to Disabled, ISC does not run.

Example:

A:>syscfg --InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot InSystemCharacterization=FastBoot

ReportKbdErr or rptkeyerr

Table 93. ReportKbdErr or rptkeyerr

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Report, Noreport

Description Enables or disables the BIOS to report keyboard errors during POST. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --rptkeyerr=disable rptkeyerr=disable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

DellAutoDiscovery

Table 94. DellAutoDiscovery

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: PlatformDefault, AutoDiscovery, ManualControl

Description Allow BIOS to dynamically scan for PCIe devices rather than relying strictly on system slot definitions. The Platform Default setting will strictly follow the system slot definitions when configuring each PCIe slot.

The Auto Discovery setting will analyze the installed PCIe cards and determine the correct configuration for each slot. This may include bifurcation of the slot for multiple devices. Manual Control allows the user to override bifurcation settings for each slot.

Example:

A:>syscfg --DellAutoDiscovery=PlatformDefault DellAutoDiscovery=AutoDiscovery

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

SYSCFG 71

DellWyseP25BIOSAccess

Table 95. DellWyseP25BIOSAcess

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description This field enables or disables Remote user to access BIOS Setup via Dell Wyse P25/P45 Portal. If P25/P45 BIOS Access is turned OFF, it cannot be turned back on remotely from the P25/P45. Turning this feature OFF will also prevent keyboard and mouse access to Diagnostics, Boot Options, and other Pre-OS functionality.

Example:

A:>syscfg --DellWyseP25BIOSAccess=Enabled DellWyseP25BIOSAccess=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

One-Time Boot You can manage the one time boot settings using the options in this group.

OneTimeBootMode

Table 96. OneTimeBootMode

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Disabled, OneTimeBootSeq, OneTimeHddSeq, OneTimeUefiBoot Seq, OneTimeCustomBootSeqStr, OneTimeCustomH ddSeqStr, OneTimeCustomU efiBootSeqStr

Description Allows to set the one-time boot sequence.

Example:

A:>syscfg --OneTimeBootMode=Disabled OneTimeBootMode=Disabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

OneTimeBootSeqDev or nextboot

Table 97. OneTimeBootSeqDev or nextboot

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: <valid device name> (from the bootseq option device list)

72 SYSCFG

On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas

Description Sets the specified device as the first device in the boot order for the next boot cycle only. The device must be a device from the bootseq option device list. Run the bootseq option to see a list of available device names. For more information, see --bootmode . This option is not replicated. If Boot Mode is set to UEFI, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to BIOS when attempting a one-time boot to the device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --OneTimeBootSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6 The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C: Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500 Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device

NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

OneTimeHddSeqDev

Table 98. OneTimeHddSeqDev

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas

Description Determines the one-time boot hard disk when the One-Time Boot Device List is set to BIOS Hard-Disk Drive Sequence Device. If Boot Mode is set to UEFI, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to BIOS when attempting a one-time boot to the device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --OneTimeHddSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6 The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C: Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500 Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device

NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SYSCFG 73

OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev

Table 99. OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: numerical list separated by commas or list of device names separated by commas

Description Determines the one-time boot device when the One-Time Boot Device List is set to UEFI Boot Sequence Device. If Boot Mode is set to BIOS, the system temporarily switches the Boot Mode to UEFI when attempting a one-time boot to the device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev= 2,3,4,5,1,6 The following devices are set in the boot sequence: Device 2:* usbcdrom.slot.1- USB CD-ROM device Device 3:* virtualcd.slot.1 VIRTUAL CDROM Device 4:* hdd.emb.0 -Hard drive C: Device 5:* nic.emb.1 - MBA v2.5.12 Slot 0500 Device 1:* virtualfloppy.slot.1 - VIRTUAL FLOPPY Device 6:* usbfloppy.slot.1 - USB Floppy device

NOTE: The asterisk indicates that the device is enabled in the BIOS.

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Processor Settings You can manage the processor settings using the options in this group.

DataReuse or datareuse

Table 100. DataReuse or datareuse

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables (default value) or disables data reuse in cache. Set to enable for High Performance Computing (HPC) applications. Set to disable for energy efficiency. This option can be replicated.

A:>syscfg --datareuse=enable datareuse=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems

74 SYSCFG

DcuIpPrefetcher

Table 101. DcuIpPrefetcher

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables (default value) or disables DCU IP Prefetcher.

Example:

A:>syscfg --DcuIpPrefetcher=Enabled DcuIpPrefetcher=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

DcuStreamerPrefetcher or dcustreamerprefetcher

Table 102. DcuStreamerPrefetcher or dcustreamerprefetcher

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables DCU Streamer Prefetcher. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --dcustreamerprefetcher=enable dcustreamerprefetcher=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems

LogicalProc or logicproc

Table 103. LogicalProc or logicproc

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the logical processors of a system. When this option is set to Enabled (default value), the BIOS reports all logical processors. When set to Disabled, the BIOS only reports one logical processor per core. Each processor core supports maximum two logical processors. This option is available on all systems that support logical processing (Hyperthreading).

This option can be replicated.

SYSCFG 75

Example:

A:>syscfg --logicproc=enable logicproc=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

Proc1Brand

Table 104. Proc1Brand

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc1Brand

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc1Id

Table 105. Proc1Id

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc1Id

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc1L2Cache

Table 106. Proc1L2Cache

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc1L2Cache

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

76 SYSCFG

Proc1L3Cache

Table 107. Proc1L3Cache

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc1L3Cache

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc1NumCores

Table 108. Proc1NumCores

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc1NumCores

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc2Brand

Table 109. Proc2Brand

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc2Brand

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SYSCFG 77

Proc2Id

Table 110. Proc2Id

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc2Id

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc2L2Cache

Table 111. Proc2L2Cache

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc2L2Cache

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc2L3Cache

Table 112. Proc2L3Cache

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc2L3Cache

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

78 SYSCFG

Proc2NumCores

Table 113. Proc2NumCores

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc2NumCores

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc3Brand

Table 114. Proc3Brand

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc3Brand

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc3Id

Table 115. Proc3Id

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc3Id

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SYSCFG 79

Proc3L2Cache

Table 116. Proc3L2Cache

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc3L2Cache

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc3L3Cache

Table 117. Proc3L3Cache

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc3L3Cache

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc3NumCores

Table 118. Proc3NumCores

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc3NumCores

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

80 SYSCFG

Proc4Brand

Table 119. Proc4Brand

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the brand text provided by the processor manufacturer.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc4Brand

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc4Id

Table 120. Proc4Id

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the family, model, and stepping values of the processor.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc4Id

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc4L2Cache

Table 121. Proc4L2Cache

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc4L2Cache

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SYSCFG 81

Proc4L3Cache

Table 122. Proc4L3Cache

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the amount of memory in the corresponding processor cache.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc4L3Cache

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc4NumCores

Table 123. Proc4NumCores

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the number of cores in the processor package.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc4NumCores

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

Proc64bit

Table 124. Proc64bit

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Specifies if the installed processor supports 64-bit extensions or not.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc64bit

Applicable Systems On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems.

82 SYSCFG

ProcAdjCacheLine or adjcacheprefetch

Table 125. ProcAdjCacheLine or adjcacheprefetch

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Enable, Disable

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description When set to Enabled (default), the system is optimized for applications that require high utilization of sequential memory access. When set to Disabled, the system is optimized for applications that require high utilization of random memory access.

Example:

A:>syscfg --adjcacheprefetch=enable adjcacheprefetch=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

ProcBusSpeed

Table 126. ProcBusSpeed

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the bus speed of the processor.

Example:

A:>syscfg --ProcBusSpeed

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.

ProcCores or cpucore

Table 127. ProcCores or cpucore

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16,

all

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: single, all, dual, quad, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

Description Controls the number of enabled cores in each processor. The default value is set to the maximum number of cores per processor. The number of cores depends on the processor. Reading the cpucore that is set to the highest value of number of cores displays as all.

For example, if six-core CPU is installed, after setting to the highest value, 6, when you read the cpucore, it displays as all.

SYSCFG 83

Example:

A:>syscfg --cpucore=1 cpucore=1

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

ProcCoreSpeed

Table 128. ProcCoreSpeed

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the clock speed of the processors.

Example:

A:>syscfg --ProcCoreSpeed

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.

ProcExecuteDisable or cpuxdsupport

Table 129. ProcExecuteDisable or cpuxdsupport

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the Execute Disable Memory Protection Technology feature of the CPU.

Example:

A:>syscfg --cpuxdsupport=enable cpuxdsupport=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems running on Intel processors.

ProcHwPrefetcher or hwprefetcher

Table 130. ProcHwPrefetcher or hwprefetcher

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the hardware prefetcher. Processor preempts what data might be needed next, when set to enable. When some data is found, it loads several steps in advance.

84 SYSCFG

Processor does not preempt, when set to disable.

This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --hwprefetcher=enable hwprefetcher=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

ProcVirtualization or virtualization

Table 131. ProcVirtualization or virtualization

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables virtualization in the CPU. When set to enable, it enables the additional hardware capabilities from Virtualization technology in applicable CPUs.

When set to disable, it disables the additional hardware capabilities from Virtualization technology.

This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --virtualization=enable virtualization=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

QpiBandwidthPriority or qpibandwidthpriority

Table 132. QpiBandwidthPriority or qpibandwidthpriority

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: compute, io

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: InputOutput, Compute

Description Sets the bandwidth priority to compute or io. Set to compute for computation-intensive applications. Set to io for I/O intensive applications. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --qpibandwidthpriority=compute qpibandwidthpriority=compute

Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SYSCFG 85

QpiSpeed

Table 133. QpiSpeed

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxDataRate, 9GTps, 8GTps, 7GTps, 6GTps

Description Sets the speed of the processor.

Example:

A:>syscfg --QpiSpeed=8GTps QpiSpeed=8GTps

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

RtidSetting

Table 134. RtidSetting

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description When set to Enabled, it allocates more (Requestor Transaction IDs) RTIDs to the remote socket thereby increasing cache performance between the sockets.

Example:

A:>syscfg --RtidSetting=Enabled RtidSetting=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

ProcnControlledTurbo

Table 135. ProcnControlledTurbo

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable

On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Disabled, ControlledTurboLimit, ControlledTurboLimitMinus1, ControlledTurboLimitMinus2, ControlledTurboLimitMinus3

Description Controls the turbo engagement. Enable this option only if SysProfile is set to

PerfOptimized.

NOTE: The value of n in ProcnControlledTurbo can be 14.

86 SYSCFG

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc1ControlledTurbo=Disabled

ProcConfigTdp

Table 136. ProcConfigTdp

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Nominal, Level1, Level2

Description Configures the Thermal Design Power (TDP).

Example:

A:>syscfg --ProcConfigTdp=Nominal ProcConfigTdp=Nominal

ProcX2Apic

Table 137. ProcX2Apic

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the x2APIC mode.

Example:

A:>syscfg --ProcX2Apic=Enabled ProcX2Apic=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SATA Settings You can manage the BIOS SATA settings using the options in this group.

EmbSata or embsataraid

Table 138. EmbSata or embsataraid

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: off, combined, ata, ahci,

raid, qdma

SYSCFG 87

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, AtaMode, RaidMode, AhciMode

Description Configures an embedded SATA RAID controller. This option can be replicated.

off /Off disables the embedded SATA RAID controller.

combined sets the SATA RAID controller to combined mode.

ata/ AtaMode sets SATA RAID controller to ATA mode.

ahci/ AhciMode sets ATA RAID controller to ahci mode.

raid/RaidMode sets SATA RAID controller to RAID mode.

qdma sets the SATA RAID controller to support ATAPI devices at transfer rates much higher than PIO. A device driver must be installed on your system to use the QDMA mode.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embsataraid=off embsataraid=off

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

eSataPort1

Table 139. eSataPort1

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Sets the embedded SATA port1 to auto or off.

Example:

A:>syscfg --eSataPort1=Off eSataPort1=Off

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

eSataPort1Capacity

Table 140. eSataPort1Capacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard-disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --eSataPort1Capacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.

88 SYSCFG

eSataPort1DriveType

Table 141. eSataPort1DriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Indicates the type of device attached to the embedded SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --eSataPort1DriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.

eSataPort1Model

Table 142. eSataPort1Model

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --eSataPort1Model

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems.

SataPortA or sata0

Table 143. SataPortA or sata0

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Sets the drive type of the selected device to off or auto This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata0=auto sata0=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SYSCFG 89

SataPortACapacity

Table 144. SataPortACapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortACapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortADriveType

Table 145. SataPortADriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortADriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortAModel

Table 146. SataPortAModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortAModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

90 SYSCFG

SataPortB or sata1

Table 147. SataPortB or sata1

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Auto, Off

Description Turns the SATA port 1 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata1=auto sata1=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SataPortBCapacity

Table 148. SataPortBCapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortBCapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortBDriveType

Table 149. SataPortBDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortBDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SYSCFG 91

SataPortBModel

Table 150. SataPortBModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortBModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortC or Sata2

Table 151. SataPortC or Sata2

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Turns the SATA port 2 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata2=auto sata2=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SataPortCCapacity

Table 152. SataPortCCapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortCCapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

92 SYSCFG

SataPortCDriveType

Table 153. SataPortCDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Indicates the type of device attached to the SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortCDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortCModel

Table 154. SataPortCModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortCModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortD or sata3

Table 155. SataPortD or sata3

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Auto, Off

Description Turns the SATA port 3 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata3=auto sata3=auto

Description Turns the SATA port 3 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

SYSCFG 93

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata3=auto sata3=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SataPortDCapacity

Table 156. SataPortDCapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortDCapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortDDriveType

Table 157. SataPortDDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortDDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortDModel

Table 158. SataPortDModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortDModel

94 SYSCFG

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortE or sata4

Table 159. SataPortE or sata4

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Turns the SATA port 4 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata4=auto sata4=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SataPortECapacity

Table 160. SataPortECapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortECapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortEDriveType

Table 161. SataPortEDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortEDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SYSCFG 95

SataPortEModel

Table 162. SataPortEModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortEModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortF or sata5

Table 163. SataPortF or sata5

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Turns the SATA port 5 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata5=auto sata5=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SataPortFCapacity

Table 164. SataPortFCapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortFCapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

96 SYSCFG

SataPortFDriveType

Table 165. SataPortFDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortFDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortFModel

Table 166. SataPortFModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortFModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortG or sata6

Table 167. SataPortG or sata6

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Turns the SATA port 6 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata6=auto sata6=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems.

SYSCFG 97

SataPortGCapacity

Table 168. SataPortGCapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortGCapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortGDriveType

Table 169. SataPortGDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortGDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortGModel

Table 170. SataPortGModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortGModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

98 SYSCFG

SataPortH or sata7

Table 171. SataPortH or sata7

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata7=auto sata7=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SataPortHCapacity

Table 172. SataPortHCapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard-disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortHCapacity

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems.

SataPortHDriveType

Table 173. SataPortHDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortHDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SYSCFG 99

SataPortHModel

Table 174. SataPortHModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortHModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortI or sata7

Table 175. SataPortI or sata7

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata7=auto sata7=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SataPortICapacity

Table 176. SataPortICapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortICapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

100 SYSCFG

SataPortIDriveType

Table 177. SataPortIDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortIDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortIModel

Table 178. SataPortIModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortHModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortJ or sata7

Table 179. SataPortJModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: auto, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Off, Auto

Description Turns the SATA port 7 to auto or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sata7=auto sata7=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SYSCFG 101

SataPortJCapacity

Table 180. SataPortJCapacity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the total capacity of a hard disk drive. This option is undefined for removable-media devices such as optical drives.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortJCapacity

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortJDriveType

Table 181. SataPortJDriveType

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description This option indicates type of device attached to this SATA port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortJDriveType

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SataPortJModel

Table 182. SataPortJModel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the drive model of the selected device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SataPortJModel

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

102 SYSCFG

SecurityFreezeLock

Table 183. SecurityFreezeLock

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Sends the Security Freeze Lock command to the embedded SATA drives during power-on self-test (POST). The option is applicable only to ATA and AHCI, and not to RAID.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SecurityFreezeLock=Enabled SecurityFreezeLock=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

Serial Communication You can manage the serial port settings using the options in this group.

ConTermType or conterm

Table 184. ConTermType or conterm

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: vt100, ansi

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Vt100, Vt220, Ansi

Description Sets the console terminal type. On some systems, vt100 may also set the terminal type to vt220. This option is available on all supported systems that support console redirection. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --conterm=vt100 conterm=vt100

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

ExtSerialConnector or extserial

Table 185. ExtSerialConnector or extserial

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: com1, com2, rad

SYSCFG 103

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Serial1, Serial2, RemoteAccDeviceDescription

Description Sets the behavior of the external serial connector. When set to com1 , the BIOS maps the external serial connector to COM port 1. The com1 setting is the default.

When set to com2 , the external serial connector is routed to the COM2 interface. Terminal escape sequences can toggle the external connector between the system (COM2) and the remote access device.

When set to rad , the external serial connector is routed to the remote access device interface. Terminal escape sequences can toggle the external connector between the system (COM2) and the remote access device.

This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --extserial=com1 extserial=com1 The --serialcomm option can be used with the external serial (--extserial) option instead of the --conred (available on systems earlier than PowerEdge 9G systems) option.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems except Blade systems.

FailSafeBaud or fsbr

Table 186. FailSafeBaud or fsbr

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: 115200, 57600, 19200,

9600

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: 115200, 57600, 19200, 9600

Description Sets the console redirection fail safe baud rate in bps. The BIOS attempts to determine the baud rate automatically. This failsafe baud rate is used only if the attempt fails.

Example:

A:>syscfg --fsbr=9600 fsbr=9600

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

RedirAfterBoot

Table 187. RedirAfterBoot

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Sets the BIOS console redirection to enable or disable when the operating system is loaded.

104 SYSCFG

Example:

A:>syscfg --RedirAfterBoot=Enabled RedirAfterBoot=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SerialComm or serialcomm

Table 188. SerialComm or serialcomm

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: on, com1cr, com2cr, off

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: OnNoConRedir, OnConRedirCom1, OnConRedirCom2, Off

Description Enables or disables the serial communication devices (Serial Device 1 and Serial Device 2) in BIOS.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SerialComm=OnNoConRedir SerialComm=OnNoConRedir

Applicable Systems All Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SerialPortAddress or serialportaddrsel

Table 189. SerialPortAddress or serialportaddrsel

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: default, alternate

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Serial1Com1Serial2Com2, Serial1Com2Serial2Com1, Com1, Com2

Description Sets the port address of the serial devices.

On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, when this option is default, Serial Device 1 is set to COM port 1 and Serial Device 2 is set to COM port 2.

On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, when this option is alternate, Serial Device 1 is set to COM port 2 and Serial Device 2 is set to COM port 1.

This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --serialportaddrsel=default serialportaddrsel=default

Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SYSCFG 105

Slot Disablement You can manage the slot disablement settings using the options in this group.

Slotn

Table 190. Slotn

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled, BootDriverDisabled

Description Controls the configuration of the installed card in the specified slot.

NOTE: The value of n in Slotn can be 110.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Slot1=Enabled Slot1=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SlotnBif

Table 191. SlotnBif

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G: x16, x4, x8, x4x4x8, x8x4x4

Description Controls the configuration of the installed card in the specified slot. Where the value of n in Slotn can be 1 or 2.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Slot1Bif=x8

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

System Information You can view the system configuration details using the options in this group.

106 SYSCFG

SysMfrContactInfo

Table 192. SysMfrContactInfo

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the information for contacting the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SysMfrContactInfo

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SystemBiosVersion or biosver

Table 193. SystemBiosVersion or biosver

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the current revision of the system BIOS firmware.

Example:

A:>syscfg --biosver

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SystemManufacturer

Table 194. SystemManufacturer

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the name of the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SystemManufacturer

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SYSCFG 107

SystemModelName

Table 195. SystemModelName

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the product name of the system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SystemModelName

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SystemServiceTag or svctag or syssvctag

Table 196. SystemServiceTag or svctag or syssvctag

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the system service tag (a unique identifier assigned by the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of this system).

NOTE: The syssvctag option reports the system service tag on a Blade system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --svctag

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SystemMeVersion

Table 197. SystemMeVersion

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: Read-only

Description Displays the version of the Management Engine firmware.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SystemMeVersion

Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems

108 SYSCFG

UefiComplianceVersion

Table 198. UefiComplianceVersion

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Read-only

Description Displays the UEFI compliance level of the system firmware.

Example:

A:>syscfg --UefiComplianceVersion

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

System Profile Settings You can manage the system profile settings using the options in this group.

CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl

Table 199. CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description When set to Enabled, the operating system demand based power management (OS DBPM) and system demand based power management (System DBPM) controls the CPU power management. This feature can be enabled only when CPU power management (ProcPwrPerf) is set to system DBPM in Custom mode.

Example:

A:>syscfg --CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl=Enabled CollaborativeCpuPerfCtrl=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

MemFrequency or memorypowermode

Table 200. MemFrequency or memorypowermode

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: min, 978, 800, 1067,

1333, max

SYSCFG 109

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPerf, 2133MHz, 1866MHz, 1600MHz, 1333MHz, 1067MHz, 800MHz, MaxReliability

Description Sets the speed of system memory.

NOTE: On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, memorypowermode is a suboption of Power.

Example:

A:>syscfg --MemFrequency=MaxPerf MemFrequency=MaxPerf

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

MemPatrolScrub

Table 201. MemPatrolScrub

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Standard, Extended, Disabled

Description Sets the Memory Patrol Scrub frequency as Standard Mode, Extended Mode, or Disabled.

Example:

A:>syscfg --MemPatrolScrub=Standard MemPatrolScrub=Standard

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

MemRefreshRate

Table 202. MemRefreshRate

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: 1x, 2x

Description Sets the Memory Refresh Rate as 1x or 2x

Example:

A:>syscfg --MemRefreshRate=1x MemRefreshRate=1x

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

110 SYSCFG

MemVolt

Table 203. MemVolt

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: AutoVolt, Volt15V, Volt135V

NOTE: Volt15V represents 1.5 Volt and Volt135V represents 1.35 Volts.

Description Sets the DIMM voltage selection.

Example:

A:>syscfg --MemVolt=AutoVolt MemVolt=AutoVolt

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

MonitorMwait

Table 204. MonitorMwait

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables Monitor/Mwait instructions. You can disable Monitor/Mwait only when C state is disabled in Custom mode.

Example:

A:>syscfg --MonitorMwait=Enabled MonitorMwait=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

PowerSaver

Table 205. PowerSaver

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the power-saving Dell Active Power Controller (DAPC) algorithm.

Example:

A:>syscfg --PowerSaver=Enabled PowerSaver=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems

SYSCFG 111

ProcC1E or cpucle

Table 206. ProcC1E or cpucle

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables C1-E. By default, it is enabled. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --cpucle=enable cpucle=enable

Applicable Systems On Dells 11th generation PowerEdge systems and later systems

ProcCStates or cstates

Table 207. ProcCStates /or cstates

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems

: enable, disable

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the power c states of the processor. When enabled, the processor can operate in all available power states.

A:>syscfg --cstates=enable cstates=enable

Applicable Systems On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems

ProcPwrPerf or cpupowermode

Table 208. ProcPwrPerf or cpupowermode

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: min, max, osdbpm,

systemdbpm

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPerf, MinPwr, SysDbpm, OsDbpm

Description Sets CPU Power Management to maximum performance, operating system DBPM, or System DBPM (DAPC).

NOTE: The cpupowermode option is a suboption of Power.

112 SYSCFG

Example:

A:>syscfg --ProcPwrPerf=OsDbpm ProcPwrPerf=OsDbpm

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

ProcTurboMode or turbomode

Table 209. ProcTurboMode or turbomode

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: enable, disable

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables core-based turbo mode. Turbo mode is a feature on Intel processors that allows one processor core to increase the frequency by one bin whenever the other core has gone into an idle state. When enabled, the processor can operate in Turbo Boost Mode.

Example:

A:>syscfg --turbomode=enable --turbomode=enable

Applicable Systems Dells 11th generation PowerEdge and later systems running on Intel processors

SysProfile or profile

Table 210. SysProfile or profile

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: maxperformance, osctl,

apc, custom

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: PerfPerWatt OptimizedOs, PerfPerWatt OptimizedDapc, PerfOptimized, Custom, DenseCfg Optimized

Description Configures the system power profile. When set to a mode other than custom, BIOS will set each option accordingly. When set to custom, you can change setting of each option.

NOTE: On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems, profile is a sub-option of power.

Example:

A:>syscfg --profile=maxperformance profile=maxperformance

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

EnergyEfficientTurbo

Table 211. EnergyEfficientTurbo

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

SYSCFG 113

On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the Energy Efficient Turbo (EET). EET is a mode of operation where the core frequency of a processor is adjusted within the turbo range based on workload.

Example:

A:>syscfg --EnergyEfficientTurbo=Enabled EnergyEfficientTurbo=Enabled

Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems

ProcnTurboCoreNum

Table 212. ProcnTurboCoreNum

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: All, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18

Description Sets the number of Turbos Boost-enabled cores for a processor. By default, the maximum number of cores per processor is enabled.

NOTE: The value of n in ProcnTurboCoreNum can be 03.

Example:

A:>syscfg --Proc1TurboCoreNum=6 Proc1TurboCoreNum=6

EnergyPerformanceBias

Table 213. EnergyPerformanceBias

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: MaxPower, BalancedPerformance, BalancedEfficiency, LowPower

Description Sets the Energy Efficient Policy. The CPU uses this setting to control the internal behavior of the processor and to determine whether to target higher performance or better power savings.

Example:

A:>syscfg --EnergyPerformanceBias=MaxPower

Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems

114 SYSCFG

UncoreFrequency

Table 214. UncoreFrequency

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 13th generation PowerEdge systems: NA

On Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems: DynamicUFS, MaxUFS, MinUFS

Description Sets the processor uncore frequency. Dynamic mode allows the processor to optimize power resources across the cores and uncore during runtime. The optimization of the uncore frequency to either save power or to optimize the performance is dependent on the EnergyPerformanceBias option setting.

Example:

A:>syscfg --UncoreFrequency=DynamicUFS

Applicable Systems Dells 13th generation PowerEdge and later systems

System Security You can manage the system security properties of the BIOS using the options in this group.

AcPwrRcvry or acpower

Table 215. AcPwrRcvry acpower

Valid Arguments On systems prior to Dells 12th generation PowerEdge systems: on, off, last

On Dells 12th generation PowerEdge and later systems: On, Off, Last

Description Sets the behavior for the system after AC power is lost. This option specifies how the system responds to the restoration of AC power and is particularly useful in systems that are turned off using a power strip. When set to on, the system turns on after AC is restored. When set to off, the system does not turn on after AC is restored. When set to last, the system turns on if the system was on when AC power was lost; if the system was off when AC power was lost, the system remains off when power is restored. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --acpower=on acpower=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

AcPwrRcvryDelay

Table 216. AcPwrRcvryDelay

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

SYSCFG 115

On 12G and later systems: Immediate, User, Random

Description Specifies how the system supports the staggering of power-up after AC power has been restored to the system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --AcPwrRcvryDelay=Immediate AcPwrRcvryDelay=Immediate

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

AcPwrRcvryUserDelay

Table 217. AcPwrRcvryUserDelay

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: <integer>

Description Controls the user defined AC Recovery Delay. The delay must be in the range of 60 seconds to 240 seconds.

Example:

A:>syscfg --AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60 AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

AesNi

Table 218. AesNi

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Displays the current status of Intel Processor AES-NI feature.

Example:

A:>syscfg --AesNi=Enabled AesNi=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

116 SYSCFG

IntelTxt or inteltxt

Table 219. IntelTxt or inteltxt

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: On, Off

Description Turns the Trusted Execution Technology on or off. To enable Intel TXT, VT must be enabled, and the TPM must be enabled with pre-boot measurements and activated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --inteltxt=enable inteltxt=enable

NOTE: To enable the Intel TXT option in a supported processor, make sure that the:

Virtualization technology in Processor setting is enabled.

TPM module is installed and initialed as OK by BIOS.

TPM security in System security is set to on with pre-boot measurements.

User password is not set.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G and later systems with Intel processors.

NmiButton or nmibutton

Table 220. NmiButton or nmibutton

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) button on the front panel. The NMI button can be used to alert the operating system in certain cases.

NOTE: This option configures Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and Remote Access Controller (RAC) settings.

Example:

A:>syscfg --nmibutton=enable nmibutton=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G and later systems

PasswordStatus or pwdlock

Table 221. PasswordStatus or pwdlock

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: lock, unlock

SYSCFG 117

On 12G and later systems: Locked, Unlocked

Description Locks the system password. To prevent the system password from being modified, set this option to lockedand enable setup password. This field also prevents the system password from being disabled by the user while the system boots.

Example:

A:>syscfg --pwdlock=lock pwdlock=lock

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

PwrButton or powerbutton

Table 222. PwrButton or powerbutton

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enable, disable

On 12G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description Enables or disables the power button on the front panel.

Example:

A:>syscfg --powerbutton=enable powerbutton=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

SetupPassword or setuppwd

Table 223. SetupPassword or setuppwd

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Sets the setup password for the BIOS. The setup password locks the BIOS F2 screen. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. If a current setup password is set, it must be given through the oldsetuppwd option. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .

Example:

A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system. Example 2:

A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.

118 SYSCFG

Example 3:

A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword The old password entered is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SysPassword or syspwd

Table 224. SysPassword or syspwd

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: read-only

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Sets the system password for the BIOS. The system password is required when booting the system. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. If a current system password is set, it must be given through the oldsyspwd option. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .

Example 1:

A:>syscfg --syspwd=password The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system. Example 2:

A:>syscfg --syspwd=password --oldsyspwd=password The password has been set. Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system .

NOTE: You cannot disable your password using DTK. To disable your password, you must use the system BIOS.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems

SystemCpldVersion

Table 225. SystemCpldVersion

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the current revision of the Complex Programmable Logic Device (CPLD) of the system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SystemCpldVersion

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

SYSCFG 119

TcmActivation or tcmactivation

Table 226. TcmActivation or tcmactivation

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enabled, disabled, and nochange

On 12G systems: NoChange, Activate, Deactivate

Description Allows the user to change the operational state of the Trusted Cryptography Module (TCM). This field is read-only when TCM Security is set to Off.

NOTE: The tcmactivation option is a sub-option of tcm.

Example:

A:>syscfg --tcmactivation=enabled tcmactivation=enabled

Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.

TcmClear or tcmclear

Table 227. TcmClear or tcmclear

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: Yes, No

On 13G systems: NA

Description CAUTION: Clearing the TCM will cause loss of all keys in the TCM. This could affect booting of the operating system.

When set to Yes, all the contents of the TCM will be cleared. This field is read-only when TCMSecurity is set to Off.

NOTE: The tcmclear option is a sub-option of tcm.

Example:

A:>syscfg --TcmClear=Yes TcmClear=Yes

Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.

TcmSecurity or tcmsecurity

Table 228. TcmSecurity or tcmsecurity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: on, off

On 12G and later systems: On, Off

Description Controls the reporting of the Trusted Cryptography Module (TCM) in the system.

120 SYSCFG

NOTE: The tcmsecurity option is a sub-option of tcm.

Example:

A:>syscfg --tcmsecurity=on tcmsecurity=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

TpmActivation or tpmactivation

Table 229. TpmActivation or tpmactivation

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: enabled, disabled, nochange

On 12G systems: NoChange, Activate, Deactivate

Description Allows the user to change the operational state of the Trusted Platform Module (TPM). This field is read-only when TPM Security is set to Off.

NOTE: The tpmactivation option is a sub-option of tpm.

Example:

A:>syscfg --tpmactivation=enabled tpmactivation=enabled

Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.

TpmClear or tpmclear

Table 230. TpmClear or tpmclear

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G systems: Yes, No

Description CAUTION: Clearing the TPM will cause loss of all keys in the TPM. This could affect booting of the operating system.

When set to Yes, all the contents of the TPM will be cleared. This field is read-only when TCMSecurity is set to Off.

NOTE: The tpmclear option is a sub-option of tpm.

Example:

A:>syscfg --TpmClear=Yes TpmClear=Yes

Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 13G systems.

SYSCFG 121

TpmSecurity or tpmsecurity

Table 231. TpmSecurity or tpmsecurity

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: off, onwithpbm, onwithoutpbm

On 12G and later systems: Off, OnPbm, OnNoPbm

Description Controls the reporting of the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) in the system.

NOTE: The tpmsecurity option is a sub-option of tpm.

Example:

A:>syscfg --tpmsecurity=off tpmsecurity=off

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems.

TpmStatus

Table 232. TpmStatus

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the current status of TPM.

Example:

A:>syscfg --TpmStatus

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

TpmInfo

Table 233. TpmInfo

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA

On 13G and later systems: read-only

Description Displays the TPM type and firmware version.

Example:

A:>syscfg --TpmInfo

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems

122 SYSCFG

TpmCommand

Table 234. TpmCommand

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA

On 13G and later systems: None, Activate, Deactivate, Clear

Description Configures the Trusted Platform Module (TPM).

None

Commands are not sent to the TPM.

Activate TPM is enabled.

Deactivate TPM is disabled.

Clear All the contents of TPM are cleared.

NOTE: This field is read-only when TpmSecurityis set to Off.

CAUTION: Clearing TPM results in loss of all keys in the TPM. This could affect booting to operating system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --TpmCommand=Activate

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems

SecureBoot

Table 235. SecureBoot

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

On 12G and later systems: Enabled.

Description Enables the BootSeqRetry feature. When set to Enabled, the system re-attempts the boot sequence after a 30-second timeout, if the last boot attempt has failed.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SecureBoot=Enabled SecureBoot=Enabled

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

SecureBootPolicy

Table 236. SecureBootPolicy

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G: NA

SYSCFG 123

On 12G and later systems: Standard, Custom

Description Sets the process to authenticate pre-boot images. When set to Standard, the BIOS uses the system manufacturer keys and certificates to authenticate pre-boot images. When set to Custom, the BIOS uses user-defined keys and certificates. The default value is Standard.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SecureBootPolicy=Standard SecureBootPolicy=Standard

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 12G and later systems

UefiVariableAccess

Table 237. UefiVariableAccess

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 13G: NA

On 13G and later systems: Standard, Controlled

Description Secures the UEFI variables. When set to Standard, the UEFI variables are accessible from the operating system as per the UEFI specification. When set to Controlled, selected UEFI variables are protected in the operating system and new UEFI boot entries are pushed to the end of the current boot order.

Example:

A:>syscfg --UefiVariableAccess=Standard UefiVariableAccess=Standard

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 13G and later systems

SecureBootMode

Table 238. SecureBootMode

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: NA

On 14G and later systems: UserMode, DeployedMode.

Description This feature configures the BIOS uses the Secure Boot Policy Objects PK, KEK, db, dbx. In Setup Mode and Audit Mode, PK is not present, and BIOS does not authenticate programmatic updates to the policy objects.

In User Mode and Deployed Mode, PK is present, and BIOS performs signature verification on programmatic attempts to update policy objects.

Deployed Mode is the most secure mode. Use Setup, Audit, or User Mode when provisioning the system, then use Deployed Mode for normal operation. Available mode transitions depend on the current mode and PK presence.

In Audit Mode, the BIOS performs signature verification on preboot images and logs results in the Image Execution Information Table, but executes the images whether they pass or fail

124 SYSCFG

verification. Audit Mode is useful for programmatically determining a working set of policy objects.

Example:

A:>syscfg --SecureBootMode=UserMode SecureBootMode=UserMode

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 14G and later systems

TpmPpiBypassClear

Table 239. TpmPpiBypassClear

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: N/A

On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description When set to Enabled, allows the Operating System to bypass Physical Presence Interface (PPI) prompts when issuing PPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) clear operations.

Example:

A:>syscfg --tpmPpiByPassClear=Enabled tpmPpiBypassClear=Enabled

Applicable Systems 14G PowerEdge systems.

TpmPpiBypassProvision

Table 240. TpmPpiBypassProvision

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 14G: N/A

On 14G and later systems: Enabled, Disabled

Description When set to Enabled, allows the Operating System to bypass Physical Presence Interface (PPI) prompts when issuing PPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface (ACPI) provisioning operations.

Example:

A:>syscfg --tpmPpiByPassProvision=Enabled tpmPpiBypassProvision=Enabled

Applicable Systems 14G PowerEdge systems.

UEFI Boot Settings You can manage the UEFI settings using the options in this group.

SYSCFG 125

UefiBootSeq

Table 241. UefiBootSeq

Valid Arguments On systems prior to 12G

: NA

On 12G and later systems

: list of device names separated by commas

Description Enables, disables, and orders the devices in a UEFI boot order list. Only the devices present on the system are listed in the UefiBootSeq. The first option in the list is attempted first. If the first option is not successful, the second option is attempted, and so on. The system attempts to launch only the enabled boot options and does not launch disabled boot options. This option is applicable when bootmode is set to UEFI and has no effect when bootmode is set to BIOS.

NOTE: Only the devices listed in the bootseq are enabled.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.

DTKTORACADM The DTK SYSCFG deployment scripts are converted to equivalent RACADM scripts, that helps in migration to utilize RACADM in the deployment solution. The utility has the conversion tool for converting the SYSCFG scripts in both environments: Microsoft Windows and Linux operating systems. Starting 12th generation of PowerEdge servers and later, selected set of SYSCFG commands are a part of the DTK sample scripts. The list of DTK sample scripts are present in \Toolkit\Tools\CONVERTER\windows_scripts.lst for Microsoft Windows operating systems and toolkit/Converter/ linux_scripts.lst for Linux operating system. The converted scripts are available in the folder racscripts.

Table 242. DTKTORACADM Command on Windows Operating System

Valid Arguments dtktoracadm.exe or dtktoracadm.exe windows_scripts.lst debug Description On systems running Windows operating system, run the command, where windows_scripts.lst is the

input file which contains the list of path to run the RACADM scripts and debug is an option which list the file status.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.

Table 243. DTKTORACADM Command on Linux Operating System

Valid Arguments python dtktoracadm.py or python dtktoracadm.py linux_scripts.lst debug Description On the system running Linux operating system, in the prompt type the command, where

linux_scripts.lst is the input which contains the list of path to run the RACADM scripts and debug is an option which list the file status.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 12 and later systems.

126 SYSCFG

The set of converted commands are available in dtktoracadm_dict.map. For more information see, Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit User's Guide or Dell EMC OpenManage Deployment Toolkit Installation Guide. The following table lists the set of commands available:

Table 244. SYSCFG equivalent RACADM commands

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

iDRAC Settings lcp --dnsdhcp iDRAC.IPv4.DNSFromDHCP

lcp --domainname iDRAC.NIC.DNSDomainName

lcp --dnsracname iDRAC.NIC.DNSRacName

lcp --dnsregisterrac iDRAC.NIC.DNSRegister

--idractype iDRAC.Info.Type -z legacy

--autoneg iDRAC.NIC.Autoneg

--gateway iDRAC.IPv4.Gateway

--ipaddress iDRAC.IPv4.Address

--macaddress iDRAC.NIC.MACAddres

--nicselectionfailover iDRAC.NIC.Failover

--subnetmask iDRAC.IPv4.Netmask

--vlanid iDRAC.NIC.VLanID

--dnsserver1v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS1

--dnsserver2v6 get iDRAC.IPv6.DNS2

--gatewayv6 iDRAC.IPv6.Gateway

--ipv6address1 iDRAC.IPv6.Address1

--ipv6address2 iDRAC.IPv6.Address2

--linklocaladdrv6 iDRAC.IPv6.LinkLocalAddress

--prefixlengthv6 iDRAC.IPv6.PrefixLength

--connectionmode iDRAC.IPMISerial.ConnectionMode

--msgcommbitrate iDRAC.IPMISerial.BaudRat

--msgcommflowctrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.FlowControl

--tmcfghandshakectrl iDRAC.IPMISerial.HandshakeControl

--tmcfglineediting iDRAC.IPMISerial.LineEdit

--tmcfgnewlineseq iDRAC.IPMISerial.NewLineSeq

--solcharaccuminterval iDRAC.IPMISOL.AccumulateInterval

--solbitrate iDRAC.IPMISOL.BaudRate

--solprivlevel iDRAC.IPMISOL.MinPrivilege

--solcharsendthreshold iDRAC.IPMISOL.SendThreshold

BIOS Option Settings --HddSeq BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddSeq

Boot Settings --BootMode BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootMode

SYSCFG 127

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

--BootSeqRetry BIOS.BiosBootSettings.BootSeqRetry

--HddFailover BIOS.BiosBootSettings.HddFailover

--SetBootOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetBootOrderFqddn

--SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn BIOS.BiosBootSettings.SetLegacyHddOrderFqddn

Integrated Devices --EmbVideo BIOS.IntegratedDevices.EmbVideo

--IoatEngine BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IoatEngine

--IntegratedNetwork1 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork1

--IntegratedNetwork2 BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedNetwork2

--IntegratedRaid BIOS.IntegratedDevices.IntegratedRaid

--InternalUsb BIOS.IntegratedDevices.InternalUsb

--OsWatchdogTimer BIOS.IntegratedDevices.OsWatchdogTimer

--SriovGlobalEnable BIOS.IntegratedDevices.SriovGlobalEnable

--Usb3Setting BIOS.IntegratedDevices.Usb3Setting

Memory Settings --DynamicCoreAllocation BIOS.ProcSettings.DynamicCoreAllocation

--CorrEccSmi BIOS.MemSettings.CorrEccSmi

--MemTest BIOS.MemSettings.MemTest

--NodeInterleave BIOS.MemSettings.NodeInterleave

--memopmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode

--videomem BIOS.memsettings.VideoMem

--sysmemvolt BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemVolt

--sysmemtype BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemType

--sysmemspeed BIOS.MemSettings.SysMemSpeed

--sysmemsize BIOS.memsettings.SysMemSize

--memoperatingmode BIOS.memsettings.MemOpMode

Miscellaneous Settings --AssetTag BIOS.MiscSettings.AssetTag

--ErrPrompt BIOS.MiscSettings.ErrPrompt

--NumLock BIOS.MiscSettings.NumLock

--ForceInt10 BIOS.MiscSettings.ForceInt10

--insystemcharacterization BIOS.MiscSettings.InSystemCharacterization

Processor Settings --DcuIpPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuIpPrefetcher

--DcuStreamerPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.DcuStreamerPrefetcher

--LogicalProc BIOS.ProcSettings.LogicalProc

--ProcExecuteDisable BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcExecuteDisable

--ProcHwPrefetcher BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcHwPrefetcher

--ProcVirtualization BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcVirtualization

--RtidSetting BIOS.ProcSettings.RtidSetting

128 SYSCFG

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

--ProcX2Apic BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcX2Apic

--cpucore BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCores

--cpuspeed BIOS.ProcSettings.ProcCoreSpeed

--logicproc BIOS.procsettings.LogicalProc

--proc1brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Brand

--proc1id BIOS.procsettings.Proc1Id

--proc1l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L2Cache

--proc1l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc1L3Cache

--proc1numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc1NumCores

--proc2brand BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Brand

--proc2id BIOS.procsettings.Proc2Id

--proc2l2cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L2Cache

--proc2l3cache BIOS.procsettings.Proc2L3Cache

--proc2numcores BIOS.procsettings.Proc2NumCores

--proc64bit BIOS.procsettings.Proc64bit

--procadjcacheline BIOS.procsettings.ProcAdjCacheLine

--procbusspeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcBusSpeed

--proccorespeed BIOS.procsettings.ProcCoreSpeed

--qpispeed BIOS.procsettings.QpiSpeed

--procconfigtdp BIOS.procsettings.ProcConfigTdp

SATA Settings --WriteCache BIOS.SataSettings.WriteCache

--SecurityFreezeLock BIOS.SataSettings.SecurityFreezeLock

--embsata BIOS.SataSettings.EmbSata

--sata0 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA

--sata1 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB

--sata2 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC

--sata3 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD

--sata4 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE

--sata5 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF

--sata7 BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH

--sataporta BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortA

--sataportb BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortB

--sataportc BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortC

--sataportd BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortD

--sataporte BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortE

--sataportf BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortF

SYSCFG 129

Group SYSCFG Commands Equivalent RACADM Commands

--sataportg BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortG

--sataportgmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGModel

--sataportgdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGDriveType

--sataportgcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortGCapacity

--sataporth BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortH

--sataporthmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHModel

--sataporthdrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHDriveType

--sataporthcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortHCapacity

--sataporti BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortI

--sataportimodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIModel

--sataportidrivetype BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortIDriveType

--sataporticapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortICapacity

--sataportj BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJ

--sataportjmodel BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJModel

--sataportjdrivetyp BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJDriveType

--sataportjcapacity BIOS.SataSettings.SataPortJCapacity

Serial Communication --ConTerrmType BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ConTermType

--ExtSerialConnector BIOS.SerialCommSettings.ExtSerialConnector

--FailSafeBaud BIOS.SerialCommSettings.FailSafeBaud

--RedirAfterBoot BIOS.SerialCommSettings.RedirAfterBoot

Slot Disablement --Slotn BIOS.SlotDisablement.Slotn

System Information --svctag BIOS.SysInformation.SystemServiceTag

System Security --AcPwrRcvryDelay BIOS.SysSecurity.AcPwrRcvryDelay

--PwrButton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton

--SetupPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SetupPassword

--SysPassword BIOS.SysSecurity.SysPassword

System Power --maxpowercap System.Power.Cap.MaxThreshold

--minpowercap System.Power.Cap.MinThreshold

--capenable System.Power.Cap.Enable

--nmibutton BIOS.SysSecurity.NmiButton

--powerbutton BIOS.SysSecurity.PwrButton

130 SYSCFG

SYSCFG Options On PowerEdge Systems Prior To PowerEdge 12G Systems The following are the valid options and arguments supported on PowerEdge systems earlier than PowerEdge 12G systems.

assignintr

Table 245. assignintr

Valid Arguments standard, distributed

Description Controls the interrupt assignment of PCI devices in the system. This option is set to standard by default, causing standard interrupt routing that uses interrupt A, B, C, and D for all PCIe devices. When set to distributed, the interrupt routing is swizzled at the MCH root ports to minimize sharing of interrupts across all PCIe (and PCI-X in the Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC) mode) devices.

Example:

A:>syscfg --assignintr=standard assignintr=standard

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

bezelir

Table 246. bezelir

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables the ESM to monitor and log front bezel intrusion conditions.

Example:

A:>syscfg --bezelir=enable bezelir=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

cmosdefaults

Table 247. cmosdefaults

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables the request for a default CMOS value during the next reboot.

A:>syscfg --cmosdefaults=enable cmosdefaults=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

SYSCFG 131

conboot

Table 248. conboot

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables configuring or reporting of console redirection after reboot. This option is available on all supported systems that support console redirection. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --conboot=enable conboot=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12Gsystems

coreperformanceboost

Table 249. coreperformanceboost

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables the AMD Core Performance Boost feature. When enabled, it allows higher performance power states if additional power is available to the CPU. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --coreperformanceboost=enable coreperformanceboost=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge R715, R815, R515, R415, and M915 systems with AMD Opteron 6000 series processor

dbpm

Table 250. dbpm

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables demand-based power management. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --dbpm=enable dbpm=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

132 SYSCFG

embhypervisor

Table 251. embhypervisor

Valid Arguments off, on

Description Turns on or off the embedded hypervisor port.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embhypervisor=on embhypervisor=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

embideraid

Table 252. embideraid

Valid Arguments on, off

Description Turns on or off the embedded IDE RAID controller. This option is only valid for supported systems that have IDE ROMB. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embideraid=on embideraid=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

embnic1pxe

Table 253. embnic1pxe

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) on the first embedded NIC. If PXE is disabled, the first NIC is not found in the boot order. If PXE is enabled, the first NIC is placed at the end of the boot order. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic1 option. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embnic1pxe=enable embnic1pxe=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

SYSCFG 133

embnic2pxe

Table 254. embnic2pxe

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) on the second embedded NIC. If PXE is disabled, the second NIC is not found in the boot order. If PXE is enabled, the second NIC is placed at the end of the boot order. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic2 option. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embnic2pxe=enable embnic2pxe=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

embnics

Table 255. embnics

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Turns both the embedded NICs on or off. This option is only present on systems that do not support the embnic1 and embnic2 options. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embnics=enable --embnics=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

embscsi1

Table 256. embscsi1

Valid Arguments on, off Description Turns the first embedded SCSI controller. This option is only valid for supported systems

that have an embedded SCSI controller. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embscsi1=on embscsi1=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

134 SYSCFG

embscsi2

Table 257. embscsi2

Valid Arguments on, off Description Turns the second embedded SCSI controller. This option is only valid for supported systems

that have an embedded SCSI controller. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embscsi2=on embscsi2=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

embscsiraid

Table 258. embscsiraid

Valid Arguments raid, off, scsi Description Sets the specified value for the SCSI RAID controller. This option is only valid for supported

systems that have SCSI ROMB. Some systems do not support the scsi argument. This option can be replicated.

CAUTION: If you change the controller from SCSI to RAID mode, data loss may occur. Backup any data you must save before changing modes.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embscsiraid=raid embscsiraid=raid

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

embscsiraidchb

Table 259. embscsiraidchb

Valid Arguments raid, scsi

Description Sets the second channel on an embedded RAID controller to SCSI or RAID. This option is only valid for systems that support RAID/RAID and RAID/SCSI settings for channels A and B. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embscsiraidchb=raid embscsiraidchb=raid

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

SYSCFG 135

embscsiraidchb

Table 260. embscsiraidchb

Valid Arguments raid, scsi

Description Sets the second channel on an embedded RAID controller to SCSI or RAID. This option is only valid for systems that support RAID/RAID and RAID/SCSI settings for channels A and B. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embscsiraidchb=raid embscsiraidchb=raid

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

embsdcardredundancy

Table 261. embsdcardredundancy

Valid Arguments mirrormode, disable

Description Sets the redundancy to mirrormode or disabled.

If set to mirrormode, read-write operation occurs on both the secure digital (SD) cards. If one of the SD cards fails and is replaced, on booting, the data is copied to that SD card.

If set to disable, read-write operation occurs only on SD card 1.

On Blade systems, disable the vflash key to configure this option.

Example:

A:>syscfg --embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode embsdcardredundancy=mirrormode

Applicable Systems This option is degraded.

redmem

Table 262. redmem

Valid Arguments off, spare, mirror, DDDC

Description Allows selection of the required redundant memory mode, or disables redundant memory. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --redmem=off redmem=off

Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series processor

136 SYSCFG

power

Table 263. power

Valid Arguments NA

Description For details about the power suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For Power Option.

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 11G systems

tcm

Table 264. tcm

Option tcm Valid Arguments NA

Description For details about the tcm suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For tcm Option.

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G, 11G, and 12G systems

tpm

Table 265. tpm

Valid Arguments NA

Description For details about the tpm suboptions and arguments, see Sub Options For tpm Option.

Applicable Systems PowerEdge 10G, 11G, and 12G systems

Sub Options And Arguments For power Option

Table 266. Sub Options And Arguments For power Option

Option Sub-option Arguments Description

power --profile <powerprofile>

where powerprofile can be maxperformance, osctl, apc

Displays the settings similar to the BIOS setup screen for the respective profile. Reboot the system for the settings to take effect.

SYSCFG 137

Option Sub-option Arguments Description

If power profiles are not available on the platform, an error message is displayed.

A:>syscfg power--profile=maxperformance --setuppwdoverride

custom Creates the custom profile. Reboot the system for the settings to take effect.

A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- setuppwdoverride

--cpupowermode min, max, osdbpm, systemdbpm

Allows you to set the CPU power and performance management to minimum power, maximum performance, operating system DBPM, or system DBPM mode.

Example:

A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- cpupowermode=min --setuppwdoverride

--memorypowermode min, 978, 800, 1067, 1333, max

Allows you to set memory power and performance management to minimum power mode, maximum power mode, 978 Mhz, 800 Mhz, 1067 Mhz, or 1333 Mhz.

A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- memorypowermode=min --setuppwdoverride

--fanpowermode min, max Allows you to set the fan algorithm to the minimum power optimized or maximum performance optimized mode.

A:>syscfg power --profile=custom -- fanpowermode=min --setuppwdoverride

NOTE: Set the value of profile to custom to change the values of cpupowermode , memorypowermode , and fanpowermode.

--profile NA Displays the profile set and the respective profile parameters.

--cap

NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.

Displays the values of budgetcap, and the maximum and minimum power thresholds in Watts.

--cap --unit

NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.

<budgetcap> is the limit for power consumption in Watts, or btuphr, or percent.

<unit> is the unit of the <budgetcap> value and can be watt, or btuphr, or percent.

The value of must be between the maximum and minimum threshold values, else an error is displayed. If the value is less than the minimum threshold value, a warning message appears.

If the unit is btuphr, it is converted in to Watts using the formula Watt = BTU/hr /3.413. If the unit is percent, the formula is Power Cap (Watts) = [Power supply rating for input power (Watts) - Min potential power (Watts)] * Power Cap (%) + Min potential power (Watts)]

138 SYSCFG

Option Sub-option Arguments Description

Example:

A:>syscfg power --cap=<value> -- unit=watt --setuppwdoverride

--maxpowercap Displays the value of the maximum power threshold.

--minpowercap Displays the value of the minimum power threshold.

--valsetuppwd <string> Validates the setup password for power authentication. If you try to change the DTK settings, you are prompted to enter this password to access the settings. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.

A:>syscfg power --profile= maxperformance --valsetuppwd=

--setuppwdoverride NA Does not prompt you for a password to access the DTK settings on systems that do not have a setup password configured.

A:>syscfg power --profile= maxperformance setuppwdoverride

Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option

Table 267. Sub Options And Arguments For tcm Option

Option Sub-option Arguments Description

tcm --tcmsecurity off Does not report the presence of TCM to the operating system.

on Reports the presence of TCM to the operating system.

Example:

A:>syscfg tcm --tcmsecurity=off

--tcmactivation enabled Enables and activates the TCM feature.

disabled Disables and deactivates the TCM feature.

nochange Does not alter the operational state of the TCM feature.

Example:

A:>syscfg tcm --tcmactivation=enabled

--tcmclear NA Clears the contents of the TCM chip without erasing the tcmsecurity and tcmactivation settings.

Example:

A:>syscfg tcm --tcmactivation=enabled -- tcmclear --setuppwdoverride

--tcmundoclear NA Cancels the result of the tcmclear setting.

SYSCFG 139

Option Sub-option Arguments Description

Example:

A:>syscfg tcm --tcmactivation=enabled -- tcmundoclear --setuppwdoverride

Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option The following table lists the sub-options and arguments for the tpm option.

Table 268. Sub Options And Arguments For tpm Option

Option Sub-option Arguments Description

tpm --tpmsecurity off Does not report the presence of TPM to the operating system.

onwithpbm Directs the BIOS to store the TCG compliant measurements to the TPM during a POST operation.

onwithoutpbm Directs the BIOS to bypass the preboot measurements.

Example:

A:>syscfg tpm --tpmsecurity=onwithoutpbm --setuppwdoverride

--tpmactivation enabled Enables and activates the TPM feature.

disabled Disables and deactivates the TPM feature.

nochange Does not alter the operational state of the TPM feature.

Example:

A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- setuppwdoverride

NOTE: You cannot set tpmactivation when tpmsecurity is set to off.

NOTE: After setting tpmactivation to enabled or disabled, if you reboot your system, DTK displays the TPM Configuration Honoured system will reset and the system reboots again message and reboots.

NOTE: When you set tpmactivation to enabled or disabled, DTK displays the value of tpmactivation as nochange. However, the TPM feature is activated/deactivated when you reboot the system.

--tpmclear NA Clears the contents of the TPM chip without erasing the tpmsecurity and tpmactivation settings.

Example:

A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- tpmclear --setuppwdoverride

--undotpmclear NA Cancels the result of the tpmclear setting. If you specify this setting before specifying the tpmclear setting, the

140 SYSCFG

Option Sub-option Arguments Description

There is currently no pending TPM Clear request message is displayed.

Example:

A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- undotpmclear --setuppwdoverride

--valsetuppwd <string> Validates the setup password for TPM authentication. If you try to change DTK settings, you are prompted to enter this password to access the settings. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.

Example:

A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- tpmclear --valsetuppwd=

--setuppwdoverride NA On systems that do not have a setup password configured, if you set this option, you are not prompted for a password to access DTK settings.

A:>syscfg tpm --tpmactivation=enabled -- tpmclear --setuppwdoverride

SYSCFG For BMC And Remote Access Controller Configuration SYSCFG configures Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) and Remote Access Controller (RAC) settings.

NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems.

NOTE: For options that use text strings such as username, password, hostname, and community string, using some characters such as , <, >, | , or = on the command line can be misinterpreted by the command line parser and cause errors.

NOTE: The following options or arguments are also applicable to DRAC 5.

The following tables document valid options, sub-options, and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option and suboption. Options, sub-options, and arguments are case-sensitive. All options, sub-options, and pre-defined arguments are lowercase unless explicitly stated otherwise. Some features that must be noted while reading this section are:

Unless otherwise specified, all sub-options to options are optional.

If a sub-option is not specified for an option, all valid sub-option values are displayed for the option. If sub-options are specified, then only those suboptions are reported.

Wherever options or sub-options take empty strings as input, the string NULL should be input. For example, options such as username and suboptions such as commstring and hostname can take an empty string as input.

SYSCFG 141

bmcversion

Table 269. bmcversion options

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

bmcversion Displays the version information for the BMC and the BMC firmware. This option cannot be replicated.

--devid NA Reports the BMC device ID.

--devrevision NA Reports the BMC device revision.

--majorfwversion NA Reports the BMC device major firmware revision.

--minorfwversion NA Reports the BMC device minor firmware revision.

Example:

A:>syscfg bmcversion devid=32 devrevision=0 majorfwversion=0 minorfwversion=40

chassistype

Table 270. chassistype

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--chassistype* NA NA Identifies the Chassis Management Controller (CMC). The possible values are 9 (M1000e), 10 (VRTX), and 0 (others).

Example:

A:>syscfg -- chassistype chassistype=10 (VRTX)

clearsel

Table 271. clearsel

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--clearsel* NA NA Clears the System Event Log (SEL). This option cannot be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg -- clearsel Clearing SEL...

142 SYSCFG

controlpanelaccess

Table 272. controlpanelaccess

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--controlpanelaccess NA viewandmodify, viewonly, disabled

Sets or gets the access level for the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).

Example:

A:>syscfg -- controlpanelaccess= viewandmodify controlpanelaccess= viewandmodify

deviceguid

Table 273. deviceguid

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--deviceguid* NA NA Displays the GUID for the BMC. This option cannot be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg--deviceguid deviceguid=XXXXXXXXXX

encryptkey

Table 274. encryptkey

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--encryptkey NA <hexadecimal number> Encrypts the IPMI sessions.

The hexadecimal number entered as an argument is case insensitive although the value returned by the encryptkey option is always in uppercase.

The value returned is appended with zeroes so that it is always 40 characters long.

Example:

A:>syscfg -- encryptkey=abcd encryptkey= ABCD00000000000 000000000000000 0000000000

SYSCFG 143

fiberchannel

Table 275. fiberchannel

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables embedded fiber channel. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --fiberchannel=enable fiberchannel=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

floppy

Table 276. floppy

Option --floppy Valid Arguments auto, off, readonly

Description Sets the diskette drive controller to auto, off, or readonly. This option is available on all supported systems that have a supported diskette drive. This option can be replicated

Example:

A:>syscfg --floppy=auto floppy=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

formfactor

Table 277. formfactor

Valid Arguments read-only

Description Displays the geometry of PowerEdge Blade systems. The option can have the following values: halfheight (the Blade systems occupies 1 slot of the chassis), halfheight, dualwide (the Blade system occupies 2 horizontal slots of the chassis), fullheight (the Blade system occupies 2 vertical slots of the chassis), fullheight, dualwide (the Blade system occupies 4 slots of the chassis) and quarterheight (the Blade systems occupies half slot of the chassis).

Example:

A:>syscfg --formfactor=fullheight, dualwide formfactor=fullheight, dualwide

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge blade systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

144 SYSCFG

hddfailover

Table 278. hddfailover

Valid Arguments off, on

Descriptionoff Specifies the device in the Hard Disk Drive Sequence menu that has not been attempted in the boot sequence. When set to on, all devices are attempted in an order in which they are configured. When set to off, only the first device in the hard disk sequence is attempted. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --hddfailover=on hddfailover=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

hpcmode

Table 279. hpcmode

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables the High Performance Computing (HPC) Mode. When set to enable, the HPC is enabled utilizing only the high frequency P-State settings. When set to disable (default value), all P-States inherent to the CPU are used.

To fully enable HPC Mode, set the power management to custom, cpu power and performance management to OsDbpm, and fan power and performance management to maximum performance.

Example:

A:>syscfg --hpcmode=enable hpcmode=enable

Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems with AMD Opteron 6200 series processor

htassist

Table 280. htassist

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables the Probe Filter chipset option. Some applications may have lower performance when the chipset feature is disabled.

Example:

A:>syscfg --htassist=enable htassist=enable

SYSCFG 145

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems with AMD Opteron processors.

idecdrom

Table 281. idecdrom

Valid Arguments auto, off

Description Turns the CD drive on or off. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --idecdrom=auto idecdrom=auto

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

idracgui

Table 282. idracgui

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables and disables the iDRAC GUI. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --idracgui=disable idracgui=disable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

lpt

Table 283. lpt

Valid Arguments lpt1, lpt2, lpt3, disable

Description Configures or reports the I/O address of the LPT (parallel) port. This option is available on all supported systems with an LPT port. This option is recorded to an output file for replication.

Example:

A:>syscfg --lpt=lpt1 lpt=lpt1

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

146 SYSCFG

memdynamicpower

Table 284. memdynamicpower

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables the dynamic memory power states. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --memdynamicpower=enable memdynamicpower=enable

Applicable Systems PowerEdge systems with Intel Xeon 7500 series

memintleave

Table 285. memintleave

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables the memory interleave mode. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --memintleave=enable memintleave=enable

NOTE: The memintleave option is same as Nodeinterleave option. For more information, see Memory Settings group.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

memremap

Table 286. memremap

Valid Arguments off, auto

Description Sets the memory remapping to off or auto.

Example:

A:>syscfg --memremap=off memremap=off

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

SYSCFG 147

mouse

Table 287. mouse

Valid Arguments on, off

Description Turns the mouse controller on or off.

This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --mouse=off mouse=off

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

noraidprompt

Table 288. noraidprompt

Valid Arguments NA

Description Specifies that the BIOS must not prompt for confirmation when changing the mode of a RAID controller. This option can only be used with the --embscsiraid or --embscsiraidchb options.

Without this option, the user is prompted during POST to confirm the change of a RAID controller from RAID (SCSI) to SCSI (RAID). This option is not replicated.

CAUTION: When changing a RAID controller from SCSI to RAID or from RAID to SCSI, data is lost on the affected hard drives. The warning message for this data is not displayed if you use the --noraidprompt option. To avoid data loss, back up any information on the hard drives before changing the type of controller used with the drives

Example:

A:>syscfg --embscsiraid=raid --noraidprompt embscsiraid=raid

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

oldsetuppwd

Table 289. oldsetuppwd

Valid Arguments <string>

Description Allows to set a new setup password if a setup password is already present on the system. The setup password locks the BIOS setup screen. The argument string supplied to this option is the current password. If this password is not correct, the new setup password is

148 SYSCFG

not applied to the system. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.

Example:

A:>syscfg --setuppwd=asetuppassword -- oldsetuppwd=currentpassword The password has been set.Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

oldsyspwd

Table 290. oldsyspwd

Valid Arguments <string>

Description Supplies the current system password for the BIOS. This option is only given when setting the new system password. If this password does not match the current system password, the new password is not applied to the system. The system password is required when booting the system. The argument string supplied to this option is the password. Generally, passwords are limited to alphanumeric characters and cannot exceed 32 characters in length. This option is not replicated. For more information on delimiters see Command Line Option Delimiters.

Example1:

A:>syscfg --syspwd=<anotherpassword> --oldsyspwd=<password> The password has been set.Please use a warm reboot to apply the password to the system. Example 2:

A:>syscfg --syspwd=<asyspassword> --oldsyspwd=<currentpassword> The old password entered is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

opticaldrivectrl

Table 291. opticaldrivectrl

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables the optical CD-ROM controller.

Example:

A:>syscfg --opticaldrivectrl=enable opticaldrivectrl=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

SYSCFG 149

remflashmedia

Table 292. remflashmedia

Valid Arguments read-only

Description Displays the redundancy status of internal dual SD module. The status can be:

Full Secure digital card (SD) 1 and 2 are functioning properly.

Lost Either any of the secure digital cards or both are not functioning properly.

The option also displays the status of the individual SD cards as follows:

Active The card is used for secure digital reads.

Standby The card is receiving a copy of all secure digital reads.

Failed An error is reported during a secure digital read or write.

Absent No secure digital media is detected.

Offline At boot, card identification signature is different from the non-volatile storage value or card is the destination of a copying operation that is in progress.

Write Protected The card is write-protected.

Example:

A:>syscfg --remflashmedia Internal Dual SD ModuleRedundancy=Lost SD1 status=Absent SD1 status=Active

Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems

serial1

Table 293. serial1

Valid Arguments disable, com1, com3, com1_bmc, bmcserial, bmclan, rac

Description Configures or reports the first serial port communication port. This option can be replicated.

bmcserial maps serial port 1 to BMC Serial.

bmclan routes the serial traffic destined for serial1 out to NIC1.

com1_bmc maps serial port 1 to COM port 1 BMC.

rac maps serial port 1 to the RAC device.

Example:

A:>syscfg --serial1=rac serial1=rac

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

150 SYSCFG

serial2

Table 294. serial2

Valid Arguments auto, disable, com2, com4

Description Configures or reports the second serial port communication port. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --serial2=rac serial2=rac

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

slotname

Table 295. slotname

Valid Arguments read-only

Description Reports the slot name of the blade.

Example:

A:>syscfg --slotname slotname=Slot5

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

sma

Table 296. sma

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables processor sequential memory access.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sma=disable sma=disable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

SYSCFG 151

sysrev

Table 297. sysrev

Valid Arguments read-only

Description Reports the system revision.

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

usb

Table 298. usb

Valid Arguments on, legacy, off

Description Sets or reports the status of the USB port. When set to on, USB keyboards and mice function only for systems with operating systems that have native USB support. When set to legacy, USB keyboards and mice are supported through the BIOS to function in operating systems that do not natively support USB. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --usb=on usb=on

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

usbflash

Table 299. usbflash

Valid Arguments auto, fdd, hdd

Description Sets or reports the emulation for an USB flash device. The USB flash device can be set to emulate a hard drive (HDD) or a diskette drive (FDD). This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --usbflash=auto usbflash=auto

Applicable Systems All systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

152 SYSCFG

vflash

Table 300. vflash

Valid Arguments enable, disable

Description Enables or disables vflash on iDRAC.

Example:

A:>syscfg --vflash=enable vflash=enable

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G systems or systems with iDRAC6

identify

Table 301. identify

Valid Arguments 0254

Description Flashes the identification LED for a specified number of seconds.

NOTE: Use 0 to stop the blinking of the LED.

Example:

A:>syscfg --identify=10 identify=10

Applicable Systems All PowerEdge 11G systems with a BMC

idracversion

Table 302. idracversion

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--idracversion Displays the version information for the iDRAC and the iDRAC firmware. This option cannot be replicated.

--devid NA Reports the iDRAC device ID.

--devrevision NA Reports the iDRAC device revision.

--majorfwversion NA Reports the major firmware revision of iDRAC.

SYSCFG 153

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--minorfwversion NA Reports the minor firmware revision of iDRAC.

A:>syscfg --idracversion devid=32 devrevision=0 majorfwversion=0 minorfwversion=40

kvmstatusonlcd

Table 303. kvmstatusonlcd

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments

Description Applicable Systems

--kvmstatusonlcd NA active, inactive

Configures the Dell Virtual KVM (vKVM) session status on the LCD.

Example:

A:>syscfg --kvmstatusonlcd=active kvmstatusonlcd=active

PowerEdge 11G systems

lancfgparams

Table 304. lancfgparams

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

lancfgparams or lcp

Configures and displays LAN configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.

--ipaddrsrc static, dhcp Sets the IP address source for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.

--ipaddress <ipaddress> Sets the IP address for the LAN channel. This sub- option cannot be replicated.

--subnetmask <subnetmask> Sets the subnet mask for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.

--gateway <gateway> Sets the gateway for the LAN channel. This sub- option can be replicated.

--commstring <string> Sets the community string (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) used in a platform event trap (PET). This sub-option can be replicated.

--destipaddr <ipaddress> Sets the destination IP address or Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) for the alert destination specified with the alertdest sub-option.

154 SYSCFG

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

The destipaddr sub-option is dependent on the alertdest sub-option. If the alertdest sub- option is not specified on the command line, the first alert destination (alertdest=1) is set with this IP address or FQDN. This sub-option can be replicated.

NOTE: FQDN is applicable only for destipaddr option and is supported only on PowerEdge 12G systems.

Example 1 (to set the destination IP address):

A:>syscfg lcp --alertdest=1 -- destipaddr=192.168.100.15

Example 2 (to set the destination IP address as FQDN):

A:>syscfg lcp --alertdest=1 -- destipaddr=xxx.yyy.com

--alertdest 1, 2, 3, 4 Sets the destination for the LAN alert. This sub- option can be replicated.

--vlantag enable, disable

Enables or disables VLAN tagging. This sub-option can be replicated.

--vlanid <string> Sets the 12-bit VLAN ID. This sub-option can be replicated.

--vlanpriority 07 Sets the VLAN priority value. This sub-option can be replicated.

--macaddress NA Displays the BMC MAC address. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

--nicselection

NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.

shared, sharedfailover , dedicated, sharedreceiveo nall

Sets the operating mode of the NIC to shared, sharedfailover, dedicated, or sharedreceiveonall. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems.

NOTE:

This option is applicable on systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems. The sharedreceiveonall argument is available only on PowerEdge 11G systems.

--nicselection

NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.

dedicated, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4

Sets the operating mode of the iDRAC7 NIC to dedicated, lom1, lom2, lom3, or lom4. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems due to underlying hardware.

NOTE: This option is applicable on PowerEdge 11G systems.

--nicselectionfailover

NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.

none, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4, all

Sets the operating mode of the NIC selection failover to none, lom1, lom2, lom3, lom4, or all. Some of these options are not applicable on certain systems. due to underlying hardware.

NOTE: This option is applicable on PowerEdge 12G systems.

SYSCFG 155

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--fullduplex enable, disable

Enables or disables full duplex on the RAC network interface.

--autoneg enable, disable

Enables or disables autonegotiation.

--speed 10,100 Sets the network interface speed to 10 or 100 Mbps.

--dnsdhcp enable, disable

Enables or disables obtaining the DNS server IP address through DHCP.

--dnsserver1 <ipaddress> Sets the IP address of the primary DNS server for domain name resolution.

--dnsserver2 <ipaddress> Sets the IP address of the secondary DNS server for domain name resolution.

--dnsregisterrac enable, disable

Enables or disables binding of the RAC name to the IP address.

--dnsracname <string> Sets the name of the RAC.

--domainnamefromdhcp enable, disable

Enables or disables getting the RAC domain name through DHCP.

--domainname <string> Sets the domain name of the RAC.

Example 1 (to display the current LAN configuration settings):

A:>syscfg --lancfgparams destipaddr=192.168.100.15 vlantag=enable vlanid=1000 vlanpriority=7 macaddress=0:6:5b:fb:c8:a7 commstring=public ipaddrsrc=static ipaddress=192.168.100.10 subnetmask=255.255.255.0 gateway=192.168.100.1

156 SYSCFG

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

Example 2 (to set the LAN configuration parameters):

A:>syscfg --lancfgparams --destipaddr=192.168.100.15 --vlantag=enable --vlanid=1000 --vlanpriority=7 --macaddress=0:6:5b:fb:c8:a7 --commstring=public --ipaddrsrc=static --ipaddress=192.168.100.10 --subnetmask=255.255.255.0 --gateway=192.168.100.1

lanchannelaccess

Table 305. lanchannelaccess

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

lanchannelaccess or lca

Sets or displays the LAN channel access settings such as alerting, IPMI over LAN, and user privilege. This option can be replicated.

--pefalerting enable, disable Enables or disables PEF alerts. This sub- option can be replicated.

--ipmioverlan disable, alwaysavail

Sets the LAN channel access mode. This sub- option can be replicated.

--channelprivlmt user, operator, administrator

Sets the maximum privilege level accepted for the LAN channel. This sub-option can be replicated.

Example (to configure the LAN channel with alerts and IPMI over LAN enabled):

A:>syscfg lanchannelaccess-- pefalerting=enable -- ipmioverlan=alwaysavail

SYSCFG 157

lanchannelinfo

Table 306. lanchannelinfo

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

lanchannelinfo or lci

NA NA Displays media and protocol information about the LAN channel. This option cannot be replicated.

lanuseraccess

Table 307. lanuseraccess

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

lanuseraccess or lua

Configures the privilege level and channel accessibility associated with a specified User ID for the LAN channel.

--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller

Sets the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.

--usrprivlmt user, operator, administrator, noaccess

Sets the maximum BMC user privilege level for the LAN channel for the userid specified using the useridsub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.

--currentenableduserids NA Reports the number of currently enabled User IDs on the LAN channel.

--useridswithfixednames NA Reports the number of User IDs with fixed names on the LAN channel.

Example 1 (to enable User ID 2 on the LAN channel with administrator privileges):

A:>syscfg lanuseraccess -- userid=2 -- usrprivlmt=administrator

Example 2 (to enable User ID 4 on the LAN channel with user privileges):

A:>syscfg lanuseraccess -- userid=4 --usrprivlmt=user

158 SYSCFG

lcd1

Table 308. lcd1

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--lcd1 NA <string> Sets the first line of user-defined text on the system LCD. This option can be replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.

NOTE: Before setting user strings for -- lcd1 , ensure that --lcd is set to user.

lcd2

Table 309. lcd2

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--lcd1 NA <string> Sets the second line of user-defined text on the system LCD. This option can be replicated. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters.

loaddefaults

Table 310. loaddefaults

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--loaddefaults* NA NA Restores the BMC to the defaults originally loaded on the controller. This option is used to return the BMC to a known-good state. This option cannot be replicated.

NOTE: The NMI, power button, and SOL defaults are not reset by using this option.

Example:

A:>syscfg --loaddefaults Loading defaults...

SYSCFG 159

nextboot

Table 311. nextboot

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--nextboot or -- OneTimeBootSeqDev

NA valid device name (from the bootseq option device list)

Sets the specified device as the first device in the boot order for the next boot cycle only. The device must be a device from the bootseq option device list. Run the bootseq option to see a list of available device names. For more information, see --bootseq. This option is not replicated.

Example 1:

A:>syscfg --bootseq Device 1: floppy.emb.0 - Diskette Drive A: Device 2: cdrom.emb.0 - CD-ROM device Device 3: hdd.emb.0 - Hard Drive C: Device 4: nic.emb.1 - Intel Boot Agent Version 4.0.17 Device 5: nic.emb.2 - Intel Boot Agent Version 4.0.17

Example 2:

A:>syscfg --nextboot=nic.emb.1 nextboot=nic.emb.1

nmibutton

Table 312. nmibutton

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--nmibutton NA enable, disable Enables or disables the NMI button. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --nmibutton=enable nmibutton=enable

160 SYSCFG

passwordaction

Table 313. passwordaction

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

passwordaction Configures and tests the password for the specified User ID. This option cannot be replicated. All three sub-options, action, userid, and password must be included in the command line.

NOTE: This option does not support 20 byte passwords.

--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller

Specifies the BMC User ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

--action setpassword, testpassword

Sets or tests the password for the specified User ID. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

--password <string> Sets the password (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) for the specified BMC User ID. This sub- option cannot be replicated.

Example (to set and test the password for User ID 3):

A:>syscfg passwordaction --userid=3 --action=setpassword -- password=bmcmaster passwordaction userid=3 action=setpassword password=********* A:>syscfg passwordaction --userid=3 --action=testpassword -- password=bmcmastor Password test failed.

pefcfgparams

Table 314. pefcfgparams

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

pefcfgparams or pcp

Configures and displays PEF configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.

--filter fanfail, voltfail, discretevoltfail, tempwarn, tempfail, intrusion, redundegraded,red unlost, procwarn, procfail, powerwarn, powerfail,

Specifies a PEF value. This sub-option can be replicated.

For a complete list of all possible PEF messages along a description of each event, see BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages

SYSCFG 161

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

hardwarelogfail, autorecovery, batterywarn, batteryfail, powerabsent, procabsent, systempowerwarn, systempowerfail

--filteraction powercycle, reset, powerdown, power reduction, none

Sets the event filter action for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option depends on the filter sub-option. This sub- option can be replicated.

--hostname <string> Sets the host name (maximum of 62 printable ASCII characters) for the BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.

The hostname string must comprise only the followig characters: hyphen (-) , underscore (_) , and period (.) .

--filteralert enable, disable Enables or disables alerts for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option is dependent on the filter sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated.

--alertpolnum 1, 2, 3, 4 Specifies the alert policy entry number. This sub- option can be replicated.

--alertpolstatus enable, disable Enables or disables the alert policy specified using the alertpolnum sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the alertpolnum sub-option.

Example: (to set the PEF configuration parameters):

Example 1 (To configure the PEF so that the system is powered down in response to a fan failure event):

A:>syscfg pefcfgparams --filter= fanfail--filteraction=powerdown pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteraction=powerdown Example 2 (To configure the PEF so that a PEF alert is not sent to the destination IP address in response to a chassis intrusion event):

A:>syscfg pefcfgparams --filter= intrusion--filteralert=disable pefcfgparams filter= intrusion filteralert=disable

162 SYSCFG

Table 315. pefcffgparams

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description Applicable Systems

pefcfgparams or pcp

Configures and displays PEF configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.

All PowerEdge systems

--filter fanfail, voltfail, discretevoltf ail, tempwarn, tempfail, intrusion, redundegraded ,redunlost, procwarn, procfail, powerwarn, powerfail, hardwarelogfa il, autorecovery, batterywarn, batteryfail, powerabsent, procabsent, systempowerwa rn, systempowerfa il

Specifies a PEF value. This sub-option can be replicated.

For a complete list of all possible PEF messages along a description of each event, see BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages

NOTE: The fanfail option is not supported on PowerEdge 10G systems.

--filteraction powercycle, reset, powerdown, power reduction, none

Sets the event filter action for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option depends on the filter sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated.

--hostname <string> Sets the host name (maximum of 62 printable ASCII characters) for the BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.

The hostname string must comprise only the followig characters: hyphen (-) , underscore (_) , and period (.) .

The length of the hostname string must be 62 characters or less for PowerEdge 9G systems and later.

--filteralert enable, disable

Enables or disables alerts for the filter specified using the filter sub-option. This sub-option is dependent on the filter sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated.

--alertpolnum 1, 2, 3, 4 Specifies the alert policy entry number. This sub-option can be replicated.

SYSCFG 163

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description Applicable Systems

--alertpolstatus enable, disable

Enables or disables the alert policy specified using the alertpolnum sub- option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the alertpolnum sub-option.

Example: (to set the PEF configuration parameters):

Example 1 (To configure the PEF so that the system is powered down in response to a fan failure event):

A:>syscfg pefcfgparams -- filter= fanfail-- filteraction=powerdown pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteraction=powerdown Example 2 (To configure the PEF so that a PEF alert is not sent to the destination IP address in response to a chassis intrusion event):

A:>syscfg pefcfgparams -- filter= intrusion-- filteralert=disable pefcfgparams filter= intrusion filteralert=disable

powerbutton

Table 316. powerbutton

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--powerbutton NA enable, disable Enables or disables the power button. This option can be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg --powerbutton=enable powerbutton=enable

powerctl

Table 317. powerctl

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--powerctl NA powerdown Performs a chassis powerdown and controls the reset of the system.

164 SYSCFG

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

Powerdown turns off the system.

powercycle Turns off the system and automatically turns on your system after a few seconds.

reset Resets the system.

softshutdown In Linux, the system turns off immediately.

NOTE: In Windows PE, this option does not work.

NOTE: This option applies only to PowerEdge systems that are configured with a BMC.

NOTE: This argument requires ACPI support to function properly.

racreset

Table 318. racreset

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--racreset* NA NA Resets the RAC. It cannot be accompanied with any other option. This option cannot be replicated.

serialcfgparams

Table 319. serialcfgparams

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

serialcfgparams or scp

Configures and displays serial configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.

--connectionmode basic, terminal Sets the connection mode used to perform IPMI messaging to the BMC. This sub-option can be replicated.

--msgcomm noflowctrl, rtscts

Sets the IPMI message communication flow control. This suboption can be replicated.

--msgcommdtrhangup NA Reports the IPMI message communication DTR hang-up. This suboption cannot be replicated.

--msgcommbitrate 9600, 19200, 57600, 115200

Sets the IPMI message communication baud rate in bits per second (bps). This sub-option can be replicated.

--tmcfglineediting enable, disable Sets the line editing value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.

--tmcfgdelctrl del, bksp Sets the delete control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.

SYSCFG 165

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--tmcfgechoctrl echo, noecho Sets the echo control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.

--tmcfghandshakectrl enable, disable Sets the handshake control value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.

--tmcfgnewlineseq noterm, crlf, null, cr, lfcr,1f

Sets the new line sequence value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.

-- tmcfginputnewlineseq

cr, null Sets the input new line sequence value for terminal mode configuration. This sub-option can be replicated.

Example (to display the current serial configuration settings):

A:>syscfg serialcfgparams serialcfgparams tmcfgdelctrl=del tmcfgechoctrl=echo tmcfghandshakectrl=enable connectionmode=terminal tmcfgnewlineseq=crlf msgcommflowctrl=rtscts tmcfginputnewlineseq=cr msgcommdtrhangup=disable msgcommbitrate=19200 tmcfglineediting=enable

serialchannelaccess

Table 320. serialchannelaccess

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--serialchannelaccess or sca

Sets or displays the channel access settings for the serial channel. This option can be replicated.

--ipmioverserial disable, alwaysavail

Sets the serial channel access mode. This sub-option can be replicated.

--channelprivlmt user, operator, administrator

Sets the maximum privilege level accepted for the serial channel. This sub-option can be replicated.

Example (to configure the serial channel with IPMI over serial disabled and the

166 SYSCFG

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

maximum privilege level set to administrator):

A:>syscfg serialchannel access -- ipmioverserial=disable -- channelprivlmt=administrator serialchannelaccess ipmioverserial=disable channelprivlmt=administrator

serialchannelinfo

Table 321. serialchannelinfo

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--serialchannelinfo or sci

Displays media and protocol information about the serial channel. This option cannot be replicated.

--mediumtype NA Displays the medium type for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

--prottype NA Displays the protocol type for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

--ssnsupport NA Displays the session support information for the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

--activessncount NA Displays the number of sessions that are activated on the serial channel. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg serialchannelinfo -- mediumtype mediumtype= asynch

serialuseraccess

Table 322. serialuseraccess

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

serialuseraccess or sua

Configures the privilege level and channel accessibility associated with a specified

SYSCFG 167

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

User ID for the serial channel. This option can be replicated.

--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller

Sets the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.

--usrprivlmt user, operator, administrator,noac cess

Sets the maximum BMC user privilege level for the serial channel for the User ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.

-- currentenableduserids

NA Reports the number of currently enabled User IDs on the serial channel. This sub- option can be replicated.

-- useridswithfixednames

NA Reports the number of User IDs with fixed names on the serial channel. This sub- option can be replicated.

Example 1 (to enable User ID 2 on the serial channel with administrator privileges ) :

A:>syscfg serialuseraccess -- userid=2 -- usrprivlmt=administrator userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator status=enable Example 2 (to enable User ID 4 on the serial channel with user privileges ):

A:>syscfg serialuseraccess -- userid=4 --usrprivlmt=user userid=4 usrprivlmt=user status=enable

solaction

Table 323. solaction

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

solaction This option enables or disables Serial-Over- LAN (SOL) access for a particular user. This option can be replicated.

168 SYSCFG

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

Example:

A:>syscfg solaction --userid=2 --action=disable solaction userid=2 action=disable

--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller

Specifies the BMC user ID. This sub-option can be replicated.

--action enable, disable Enables or disables the user ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated and is dependent on the userid sub- option.

solcfgparams

Table 324. solcfgparams

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

solcfgparams Configures and displays SOL configuration parameters. This option can be replicated.

--solenable enable, disable Enables or disables if the SOL payload type can be activated. This option can be replicated.

--solprivlevel user, operator, administrator

Sets the minimum user privilege level required to activate the SOL. This option can be replicated.

--solcharaccuminterval 1255 Sets the Character Accumulate Interval in 5ms increments (1255). This sets the typical amount of time that the BMC waits before transmitting a partial SOL character data packet. This option can be replicated.

--solcharsendthreshold 1255 Specifies that the BMC automatically sends an SOL character data packet containing this number of characters in increments of 5 (1255) as soon as this number of characters (or greater) has been accepted from the baseboard serial controller into the BMC. This option can be replicated.

--solbitrate 9600, 19200 Sets the serial channel communication bit rate (in bps) with the BMC when SOL is activated. This option can be replicated.

NOTE: The arguments for solbitrate vary with various Dell systems. If an argument valid for a particular Dell system is entered for another system, the Parameter out of range error is displayed.

SYSCFG 169

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

Example 1 (to display the current SOL configuration):

A:>syscfg solcfgparams solcfgparams solenable=enable solprivlevel=administrator solcharaccum interval=25 solcharsend threshold=25 solbitrate=9600

Example 2 (to set the SOL configuration parameters):

A:>syscfg solcfgparams --solenable=disable --solprivlevel=administrator --solcharaccum interval=25 --solcharsend threshold=100 --solbitrate=9600 solcfgparams solenable=disable solprivlevel=administrator solcharaccum interval=25 solcharsend threshold=100 solbitrate=9600

ssninfo

Table 325. ssninfo

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

ssninfo Displays information about the number of possible active sessions and the number of currently active sessions on all channels on the BMC. This option cannot be replicated.

NOTE: All PowerEdge systems prior to PowerEdge 12G systems.

--maxactivessns NA Displays the maximum possible active BMC sessions. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

--currentactivessns NA Displays the number of currently active sessions on all channels of the BMC. This sub-option cannot be replicated.

Example:

A:>syscfg ssninfo currentactivessns=1 maxactivessns=4

useraction NOTE: For 14th generation of PowerEdge Systems, you have to configure the username and password before executing this command for a particular userid.

170 SYSCFG

Table 326. useraction

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

useraction Enables and disables BMC, sua, and lua user IDs. This option can be replicated.

--userid 216, if your system has a DRAC 5 controller

Specifies the BMC user ID. This sub-option can be replicated.

--action enable, disable Enables or disables the user ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.

Example to disable User ID 3:

A:>syscfg useraction --userid=3 -- action=disable useraction userid=3 action=disable

username

Table 327. username

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

username Sets the BMC User ID and username. This option can be replicated.

--userid 216 if your system has a DRAC 5 controller

Specifies the User ID. This sub-option can be replicated.

--name <string> Sets the username (maximum of 16 printable ASCII characters) for the User ID specified using the userid sub-option. This sub-option can be replicated. This sub-option is dependent on the userid sub-option.

Example 1( to configure User ID 3 with a user name ):

A:>syscfg username --userid=3 -- name=bmcmaster username userid=3 name=bmcmaster Example 2 (to display the username for User ID 3):

A:>syscfg username --userid=3 --name username userid=3 name=bmcmaster

SYSCFG 171

version

Table 328. version

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--version NA NA Displays the version information for the SYSCFG utility.

virutualmedia

Table 329. virutualmedia

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

--virutualmedia

NOTE: This option is available only with the appropriate installed license.

NA enable, disable, auto

Enables or disables the virtual media. This option cannot be replicated.

SYSCFG For State Configuration The SYSCFG utility allows the user to write a state data value on a system. This value is preserved across reboot or power-off operations. Users can use this state data value for storing important state information, such as the progress of a multi-reboot deployment process.

SYSCFG Options For State Configuration The following table lists all valid options and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option.

NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments are not available on all systems.

Table 330. SYSCFG Options For State Configuration

Option Valid Arguments Description

-b or --byte <string> Specifies a value to write to state data. The format of the argument must be in decimal format unless the -x option is given. If the -x option is given, the value is interpreted as hexadecimal format. The value can optionally contain 0x. The decimal range is 0255, and the hexadecimal range is 0x000xFF.

172 SYSCFG

Option Valid Arguments Description

Example:

A:>syscfg -b 1 The state byte has been set to 1. A:>syscfg -b 2 -x The state byte has been set to 0x02.

-r or --read* NOTE: The asterisk is not part of the command syntax.

NA Reads the value of state data. When used with the -x option, the value is reported in hexadecimal format (0xNN).

Example:

A:>sysfg -r -x The state byte has been set to 0x02. A:>syscfg -r The state byte has been set to 2.

-x or --hex None Specifies that a value should be in hexadecimal format.

Example:

A:>sysfg -r -x The state byte has been set to 0x01. A:>sysfg -x -b 0x02 The state byte has been set to 0x02.

SYSCFG for System Configuration SYSCFG enables system configuration and reporting. It reports system identification values, processor types and speeds, memory size, and detects device using PCI scan.

Options For System Configuration Table below documents valid options and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option. Options and arguments are case sensitive. All options and pre-defined arguments are lowercase unless stated otherwise.

NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems. Some of the command line options are followed by an asterisk. Such options are used for reporting purposes only.

Table 331. SYSCFG Options and Arguments for System Configuration

Option Valid Arguments Description

--asset None Reports the customer-programmable asset tag number for a system. This option displays the asset tag for a system. For Blade systems, the SYSCFG utility reports the asset tag for both the server module and the asset tag for its chassis. For more information on delimiters, see Command Line Option Delimiters .

SYSCFG 173

Option Valid Arguments Description

Example:

A:>syscfg --asset asset=ASSET

--biosver* None Reports the BIOS version for a system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the BIOS version.

Example:

A:>syscfg --biosver biosver=A08

--chassvctag* None Reports the chassis service tag on blade systems.

Example:

A:>syscfg --chassvctag chassvctag=SVCTAG1

--cpucount* None Reports the number of processors found on the system.

Example 1:

A:>syscfg --cpucount cpucount=1 Example 2:

A:>syscfg --cpucount cpucount=2

--cpuspeed* None Reports the speed of all processors in a system.

Example:

A:>syscfg --cpuspeed cpuspeed=1000MHz

--envfile <filename> Reads the environment variable file (included in DTK as sys.ini ) and sets environment variables to names in the file, based on the system's information. Primarily, this command performs a PCI scan and matches the vendor/device numbers of the devices to those specified in the environment variable file. For more information, see the Environment Variable File.

Example:

A:>syscfg --envfile sys.ini DELLNIC1=INTEL PRO100 DELLNIC2=INTEL PRO100 DVIDEO1=RAGEXL DIDE1=PEQUR/ROSS IDE DSCSI1=AIC-7899

--mem* None Reports the amount of system memory physically installed in the system, not the amount of memory available to an operating system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the amount of system memory. The last two characters of the memory value indicate the order of magnitude used (KB or MB).

174 SYSCFG

Option Valid Arguments Description

Example:

A:>syscfg --mem mem=256MB

-n <filename> Specifies an input file to use for resolving PCI vendor and device numbers to strings. The file must be present (with read rights) and contain a properly formatted list. For more information, see PCI Reporting . This option must be used with the pci option.

Example:

A:>syscfg -n pci.txt --pci PCI Bus: 2, Device: 4, Function: 0 Vendor: 8086 - Intel Corp. Device: 1229 - 82557/8/9 [Ethernet Pro 100] Sub Vendor:8086 - Intel Corp. Sub Device:1017 - EtherExpress PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter Slot: 01 Class: 02 - Network SubClass: 00 - Ethernet

--ovrwrt* None When used with the outfile option, this option specifies that the output file should be overwritten if it exists.

NOTE: This option is applicable only on PowerEdge systems prior to 12G.

Example:

A:>syscfg -outfile=out.ini --ovrwrt

--pci* None Performs a scan of all PCI buses and displays the results. The utility uses an open source pci.ids file for vendor/device name resolution. The utility looks for a file called pci.ids in the current working directory. If the file is not found in the current working directory, the directory containing the SYSCFG executable is searched. If the -n option is used to specify a filename, this filename is used for resolution. If a specific filename is not given and the pci.ids file cannot be found, Unknown is printed for all vendor and device codes.

For more information, see PCI Reporting.

Example 1 (the pci.ids filename is specified in the command line instance ):

A:>syscfg -n pci.ids --pci PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00

SYSCFG 175

Option Valid Arguments Description

Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI

None Example 2 (the pci.ids file is located in the same directory as the utility so that names resolve):

A:>syscfg --pci PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0012 - CMIC-LE Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - ServerWorks Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI

None Example 3 (a pci.ids file does not exist) :

A:>syscfg --pci PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 0 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0012 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 1 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0012 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI PCI Bus: 0, Device: 0, Function: 2 Vendor: 1166 - Unknown Device: 0000 - Unknown Slot: 00 Class: 06 - Bridge SubClass: 00 - CPU/PCI

-s <string> Sets an environment variable to the value of a function command option. The string argument must be alphanumeric without any spaces or symbols. The variable name must be in upper case. This option must be used with at least one function command.

176 SYSCFG

Option Valid Arguments Description

Example:

A:>syscfg -s ENVNAME --svctag ENVNAME=SERVICE

--slot* None Reports the slot on a Blade system. If it is not a Blade system, the slot is reported as 0. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the slot.

Example 1 (Blade systems) :

A:>syscfg --slot slot=1 Example 2 (Rack and Tower systems) :

A:>syscfg --slot slot=0

NOTE: This option is valid only on PowerEdge blade systems.

--svctag* None Reports the service tag for a system. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the BIOS version.

Example:

A:>syscfg --svctag svctag=113CD1S

--sysasset* None Reports the system asset tag on Blade systems.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sysasset sysasset=ASSET01

--sysid* None Reports the unique system id bytes for a server. Servers contain a unique ID value based on their model. The ID value is reported as a hexadecimal value with a leading 0x, lowercase hexadecimal letters, and zero-padded to 2 bytes. If used with the -s general option, the environment variable is set to the system ID.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sysid sysid=0x00df

--sysname* None Reports the system identification string for a server, which is the string displayed under the Dell logo during POST. If used with the -s option, the environment variable is set to the system name.

Example:

A:>syscfg --sysname sysname=PowerEdge 1550/1000

--syssvctag* None Reports the system service tag on a Blade system.

SYSCFG 177

Option Valid Arguments Description

Example:

A:>syscfg --syssvctag syssvctag=BLADE01

--uuid* None Reports the Unique User Identifier (UUID) for a system. The UUID is a unique system identifier used in PXE requests.

Example:

A:>syscfg --uuid uuid=44454C4C-5300-104C-8044- B1C04F423131

SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration The following table lists all valid options and arguments for IPv6 configuration along with a description of each option. These options are applicable only if the DRAC on your system supports IPv6.

NOTE: This option is available only if appropriate license is installed.

Table 332. SYSCFG For IPv6 Configuration

Option Sub-option Valid Arguments Description

lancfgparamsv6 or lcpv6

--ipv6 enable, disable Enables or disables the IPv6 stack.

A:> syscfg lcpv6 --ipv6=enable

--ipsrcv6=static

--ipaddrv6= <ipv6address>

--prefixlengthv6=<prefix lengthv6>

--gatewayv6=<ipv6gateway address>

NA Allows you to manually configure IPv6 addresses.

A:>syscfg lcpv6 --ipsrcv6=static --ipaddrv6=1234:1234:1234::1234 --prefixlengthv6=32 --gatewayv6=1234:1234:1234::1

--ipsrcv6=auto NA Automatically configures the IPv6 addresses.

A:>syscfg lcpv6 --ipsrcv6=auto

--dnssrcv6=auto NA Automatically configures the DNS address.

A:>syscfg lcpv6 --dnssrcv6=auto

--dnssrcv6=static -- dnsserver1v6=<ipv6dnsserver1 address>

NA Allows you to manually set the DNS address.

-- linklocaladdripv6=<linklocal addripv6>

Allows you to view IPv6 addresses.

A:>syscfg lcpv6 -- linklocaladdripv6=134.56.45.233

--gatewayv6=<gatewayv6> Allows you to view IP gatewayv6 address.

178 SYSCFG

PCI Reporting The scan of the PCI bus uses a file to resolve PCI vendor and device codes to vendor information strings. The format of the PCI output is as follows:

PCI Bus: 2, Device: 4, Function: 0 Vendor: 8086 - Intel Corp. Device: 1229 - 82557/8/9 [Ethernet Pro 100] Sub Vendor:8086 - Intel Corp. Sub Device:1017 - EtherExpress PRO/100+ Dual Port Server Adapter Slot: 01 Class: 02 - Network SubClass: 00 - Ethernet If the file for vendor resolution is not present, the utility prints Unknown next to a vendor name. If the file for environment variable names

is not present, the utility fails the environment variable operation.

The pci.ids file is located at \DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS on Windows systems and /opt/dell/toolkit/bin on Linux systems. For more information and examples, see the Options For System Configuration.

Environment Variable File The environment variable file can be used for discovering and recording system information to environment variables. The file consists of several sections with .ini format that map PCI vendor/device numbers to environment variable values. The environment variable file is sys.ini in \DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS on Windows systems and on Linux systems, you can find it in /opt/dell/toolkit/bin . For example, the

[DELLNIC] section header designates that an environment variable named dellnic1 should be set to the value of the name or value

pair whose name matches the NIC's vendor or device number. If multiple NICs are present on a system, the environment variables are numbered sequentially: dellnic1, dellnic2 , and so on

Environmental Variable File Excerpt (sys.ini)

[DELLNIC]

;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100F for vendor 8086, dev 1001 8086,1001=INTELPRO1000F ;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100T for vendor 8086, dev 1004 8086,1004=INTELPRO1000T ;environment variable will be set to INTELPRO100XT for vendor 8086, dev 1008 8086,1008=INTELPRO1000XT The names of the environment variables can be changed in the Variable Names section. If a name is changed, the section that

corresponds to that name must be changed as well.

Also available in the .ini file is a section that maps the system ID number to a string. This string can be used to identify the system during the discovery phase of deployment. The section name is the environment variable that is set to the value of the name/value pair whose name matches the system ID. To change the name of the environment variable, change the value of the MACHINE name in the Variable Names section, and change the corresponding section name.

SYSCFG 179

RAIDCFG This section documents the Deployment Toolkit (DTK) RAID configuration utility. The RAIDCFG utility provides a single command line tool that can configure all supported RAID controllers.

Topics:

Features

Supported RAID Controllers

RAIDCFG Options And Arguments

RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments

Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands

Features The RAID configuration utility:

Displays help and usage information.

Reads configuration options from the Command Line Interface (CLI) parameters.

Enumerates RAID controllers, physical disks, and virtual disks.

Creates and deletes virtual disks.

Logs activity to a given filename.

Returns specific error codes and messages.

Assigns and unassigns global and dedicated hot spares.

NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), you can find the RAIDCFG utility at \DELL \x32\TOOLKIT\TOOLS or at \DELL\x64\TOOLKIT\TOOLS. In Linux, you can find it at/opt/dell/toolkit/bin.

Supported RAID Controllers The RAIDCFG utility supports the following RAID controllers:

PERC FD33xD and PERC FD33xS

PERC H830 Adapter, PERC H330 Adapter, PERC H330 Embedded, PERC H730 Adapter, and PERC H730P Adapter

PERC H330 Mini Monolithic, PERC H730 Mini Monolithic, and PERC H730P Mini Monolithic

PERC H310 Adapter, PERC H310 Mini Blade, PERC H310 Mini Monolithic, PERC H310 Embedded, PERC H710 Mini Blade, PERC H710P Mini Blade, PERC H710 Adapter, and PERC H710 Adapter

PERC H200 Integrated, PERC H200 Adapter, PERC H200 Embedded, PERC H700 Integrated, PERC H700 Adapter, and PERC H800 Adapter

PERC 6/E Adapter, PERC 6/I Integrated, and PERC 6/I Adapter

PERC 6/I Integrated for blade systems

PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, and PERC 5/I Adapter

PERC S110, PERC S100, PERC S130, and PERC S300 software controller

SAS 6iR Integrated and SAS 6iR Adapter

SAS 5iR Integrated and SAS 5iR Adapter

5

180 RAIDCFG

RAIDCFG Options And Arguments Table below lists all of the valid options, parameters, and arguments for the RAIDCFG utility. For more information on valid RAIDCFG options and their specific uses, see RAID Configuration Utility Options and Arguments.

Mandatory command line options must be present in the command. Optional command line options can be typed in any order after the mandatory options have been typed. Many options have both a short and long format. Short and long format options cannot be used in the same command line instance.

Table below shows some examples of valid and invalid short and long format command line instances. For an explanation of the specific order for each option, see RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments. For a list of frequently used RAID commands, see Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands.

NOTE: Some of the following options or arguments might not be available on all systems.

Table 333. RAIDCFG Short and Long Format Options

Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional

No option -h -? or

/?

NA Displays general usage information for the utility. The usage information consists of a comprehensive list of valid options, parameters, and arguments.

Optional.

See General Help for specific usage information.

-ac or action blink Blinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.

See Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks for specific usage information.

ci or

cancelinit

Cancels the slow or full initialization on the selected virtual disk.

See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

cc or consistencycheck Checks the consistency for a specified virtual disk.

See Consistency Check For Virtual Disk for specific information.

ccc or cancelconsistencycheck

Cancels the consistency check for a specified virtual disk.

See Consistency Check For Virtual Disk for specific information.

chsk or

changesecuritykey

Changes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.

See Changing Encryption Key for specific information.

crbd or

cancelrebuild

Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.

See Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild for specific information.

ctr or

converttoraid

Configures the array disk as RAID. See Configuring Array Disk as RAID for specific information.

RAIDCFG 181

Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional

csk or

createsecuritykey

Creates encryption key for the encryption- capable controller.

See Creating Encryption Key for specific information.

ctnr or

converttononraid

Configures the array disk as JBOD. See Configuring Array Disk as RAID for specific information.

cvd

or

createvdisk

Creates a virtual disk.

NOTE: When providing multiple physical disks for the createvdisk command, do not separate the disks with spaces. For example, - ad= 1:4, 1:5 causes an error.

The correct syntax for displaying multiple physical disks is -ad= 1:4,1:5,1:6

See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

dvd

or

deletevdisk

Deletes a virtual disk. See Deleting Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

dpc or

discardPreservedCache

Discards the preserved cache on the controller.

See Discarding Preserved Cache for specific usage information.

dphs or

disablepersistenthotspare

Disables the controller Persistent Hot Spare feature for the selected controller.

See Enabling and Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares for specific usage information.

dsk or

deletesecuritykey

Deletes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.

See Deleting Encryption Key for specific usage information.

eai or

enableautoimport

Configures the auto import property of the controller.

See Configuring Auto Import for specific usage information.

ephs or

enablepersistenthotspare

Enables the controller Persistent Hot Spare feature for the selected controller.

See Enabling and Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares for specific usage information.

evs or

expandvdsize

Increases the size of the virtual disk by the specified percentage.

See Increasing Virtual Disk Size for specific usage information.

182 RAIDCFG

Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional

fgnimp or

foreignimport

Imports the foreign configuration for the indicated controller.

See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.

fgnclr or

foreignclear

Clears the foreign configuration for the specified controller.

See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.

fgnrvr or

foreignrecover

Recovers the foreign configuration for the specified controller.

See Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.

fi or

fastinit

Initializes the virtual disk for the specified controller.

See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

gfki or

getforeignkeyids

Displays the foreign key ids present on the specified controller.

See Displaying Foreign Key Ids for specific usage information.

gpciels or

getPCIeLinkSpeed

Displays the Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) link speed of the controller.

See Setting and Displaying the PCIe Link Speed for specific usage information.

insecerase or

instantsecureerase

Erases the encrypted physical disk that is in ready or foreign disk state.

See Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk for specific usage information.

isfc or

importsecureforeignconfig

Imports the foreign configuration of the virtual disks secured with the specified passphrase.

See Importing Secured Foreign Configurations for specific usage information.

lghs or

listglobalhotspare

Displays the array (physical) disks used for global hot spare for the specified controller.

See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.

offline Sets the physical disk state to offline. See Configuring Physical Disk State for specific usage information.

online Sets the physical disk state to online. See Configuring Physical Disk State for specific usage information.

rghs or

removeglobalhotspare

Unassigns all global hot spares to disks on the specified controller.

See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.

RAIDCFG 183

Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional

replacepd or

replacepdisk

Replaces the physical disk of a virtual disk by a ready state disk.

See Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk for specific usage information.

rbd or

rebuild

Rebuilds the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.

See Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild for specific information.

rst or

reset

Resets the selected controller. See Resetting The Controller for specific usage information.

sbf or

setbootflag

Sets the indicated virtual disk as boot VD on the indicated controller.

See Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk for specific usage information.

sbm or

setbootmode

Sets the bootmode of the controller to 0 (BIOS stop on error), 1 (BIOS continue on error), or 2 (Headless continue on error) during system startup or reboot.

See Setting Boot Mode for specific usage information.

sghs or

setglobalhotspare

Assigns the specified disks as global hot spares on the specified controller.

Optional. See Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares for specific usage information.

sli or

slowinit

Initializes the virtual disk for the specified controller using the slowinit command.

See Initializing Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

spciels or

setPCIeLinkSpeed

Sets the PCIe link speed of the controller to 2 or 3.

See Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed for specific usage information.

svdn or

setvdname

Sets the name of the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.

See Setting Virtual Disk Name for specific usage information.

-ad or adisk NA Specifies an array disk command. See Enumerating Array Disks for specific usage information.

ch:targ, ch:targ, ...

or ch:targ:lun,...

or ch:targ:enc

channel:target, or channel:target:lun,

or

Specifies an array disk.

For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.

For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.

Optional.

See Enumerating Array Disks for specific usage information.

184 RAIDCFG

Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional

channel:target:enclosure NOTE: You can also use pdisk or

-pd instead of adisk or -ad to

specify an array disk.

-c or controllerid

<valid controller ID number>

Specifies a RAID controller. See Enumerating RAID Controllers for specific usage information.

-cp or cachepolicy

d or e Specifies the cache policy for reads on a specified virtual disk or disk cache policy.

Optional.

See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

-ctrl or controller

NA Displays a list of the supported RAID controllers in the system, along with select property information.

Mandatory, must be typed in the correct order.

See Enumerating RAID Controllers for specific usage information.

-envc or envcommand

<string> Sets a user-defined environmental variable (<string>) to the value returned from a function call.

See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.

-envn or envname

<string> Sets the environment variable (<string>) that equates to the value returned from a function call.

See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.

-fd or failoverdrive

ch:targ, ch:targ, ...

or ch:targ:lun,...

or ch:targ:enc

channel:target, or channel:target:lun,

or

channel:target:enclosure

Specifies the location of the failover drive in an array.

For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.

For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.

NOTE: From DTK 2.4 onwards, the -fd option creates dedicated hot

spares instead of global hot spares. To set global hot spares, see Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares.

Optional.

See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

-i <filename> Reads the RAID configuration information from the given .ini filename and creates the RAID configurations on the specified controllers.

Mandatory.

See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.

-l or logfile <filename> Logs command line output to a file. Optional.

See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.

RAIDCFG 185

Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional

-o <filename> Reads the RAID configurations from all available controllers and write these configurations in the given .ini filename.

Mandatory.

See RAID Replication Options for specific usage information.

-r or raid <valid RAID level number> Sets the RAID level for the array.

Valid RAID values are 0, 1, 5, 10, 50.

If no value is specified for RAID, 0is taken as the default level.

Optional.

See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

-rp or readpolicy

ra, ara, nra, rc, nrc Sets the read policy for the virtual disk. Optional.

See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

-se or setenvironment

NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the function call. The function calls are:

getcontrollerslots, getfirmware, getcontrollertype, getadisks, getadiskcount, getfreeadisks, getfreeadiskcount, getfreeadisksize, and gethotspares.

Mandatory.

See Setting Environment Variables for specific usage information.

-si or silent NA Does not display any information on the terminal console.

Optional.

See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.

-sp or spanlength

<number> The span size of RAID 5, which is a mandatory parameter for RAID 50.

NOTE: Spanlength is applicable for RAID 10, RAID 50, and RAID 60. The minimum permissible spanlength value is 2for RAID 10,

3for RAID 50 and 4for RAID 60.

The number of array disks for creating virtual disks should not be a prime number and should be divisible by the specified spanlength.

Mandatory.

See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

-sz or size <number> Sets the maximum size on the virtual disk in MB or GB if the size is not provided.

The default size is in MB. If GB follows the number, the size is expressed in GB.

Optional.

See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

-ssz or stripesize

<number> Sets the stripe size on the virtual disk in KB.

Optional.

186 RAIDCFG

Option Valid Arguments Short Description Mandatory or Optional

NOTE: When creating virtual disks, do not specify the units for chunk (stripe) size. The units are always listed in KB.

See Creating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

-vd or vdisk NA Displays the virtual disks under all of the controllers along with the physical array disks that make up the virtual disks.

See Enumerating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

<valid virtual disk ID number>

Displays the specified virtual disk. Optional.

See Enumerating Virtual Disks for specific usage information.

-ver or version

NA Displays the version number of the utility. Optional.

See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.

-wp or writepolicy

wb, wt, wc, nwc, fwb Sets the write policy for a virtual disk. The valid arguments are: wb (writeback

caching), wt (write-through caching), wc (write-caching), nwc (no-write-caching),

and fwb (force-write-back).

Optional.

See Miscellaneous Options for specific usage information.

RAID Configuration Utility Options And Arguments The following tables document valid options, parameters, and arguments along with a description of the expected behavior of each option. Options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments are case-sensitive and entered in lowercase, unless stated otherwise. The information is grouped by task in the following sections:

General Help

Enumerating RAID Controllers

Setting Environment Variables

Importing and Clearing Foreign Configurations

Resetting The Controller

Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares

Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares

Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed

Setting Boot Mode

Configuring Auto Import

Creating Virtual Disks

Initializing Virtual Disks

Enumerating Virtual Disks

Deleting Virtual Disks

Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk

Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks

Setting Virtual Disk Name

RAIDCFG 187

Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk

Consistency Check For Virtual Disk

Enumerating Array Disks

Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks

Configuring Array Disk as RAID

Configuring Physical Disk State

Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild

Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk

RAID Replication Options

Miscellaneous Options

Increasing Virtual Disk Size

Discarding Preserved Cache

Displaying Foreign Key Ids

Creating Encryption Key

Changing Encryption Key

Deleting Encryption Key

Importing Secured Foreign Configurations

Creating Virtual Disks

General Help The following table lists the RAIDCFG general help options.

Table 334. General Help

Option Parameters Valid Arguments Description

No option-h-?or/? NA NA Displays general usage information for the utility. The usage information consists of a comprehensive list of valid options, parameters, and arguments. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -h RAIDCFG v5 Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc. [raidcfg] Help: options in <> are mandatory and options in [] are optional and can be in any order after mandatory ones. raidcfg -h Provides users with general help options that may be used with this utility.

188 RAIDCFG

Enumerating RAID Controllers The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating RAID controllers.

Table 335. Enumerating RAID Controllers

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl or controller

NA NA Lists all the RAID controllers on the host system, along with select property information. This option is mandatory

Example:

raidcfg -ctrl Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 4 Controller_PCI_ID: 9:0:0 Controller_Name: PERC H710P Adapter Channels: 2 No.of Virtual_Disks: 17 Array_Disks: 0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1,0:3:1,0:4:1,0:5:1, 0:6:1, 0:7:1 Persistent Hot Spare: Disabled Firmware Version: 21.2.0-007 Controller_Boot_Mode: 2 (Headless continue on error) Enable_Auto_Import: No T10 Protection Info Capable: No RAIDCFG Command successful!

-c or controllerid

<valid controller ID number>

Displays the properties for the RAID controller with the specified controller ID. This option combination is mandatory.

Example:

raidcfg -ctrl -c=31 Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 31 Controller_PCI_ID: 7:0:0 Controller_Name: PERC FD33xS Channels: 1 No.of Virtual_Disks: 1 Array_Disks: 0:0:1,0:2:1,0:3:1,0:4:1,0:7:1,0:8:1,0:10: 1,0:12:1,0:14:1,0:15:1 Persistent Hot Spare: Disabled Firmware Version: 25.2.2-0004 Preserved Cache: Not Available Controller_Boot_Mode: 1 (BIOS continue on error) Enable_Auto_Import: Yes T10 Protection Info Capable: Yes Encryption Capable: Yes Encryption Key Present: Yes RAIDCFG Command successful!

RAIDCFG 189

Creating Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for creating virtual disks.

NOTE: If you create a virtual disk on Windows PE, reboot the system.

Table 336. Creating Virtual Disks

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ,

... [or ch:targ:encl,...]

or

controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,...

[or channel:target: enclosure,...]

NA NA Creates a virtual disk comprising the properties supplied. This option combination is mandatory.

NOTE: Create a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.

For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.

For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -r=1 -ssz=32 -cp=d -rp=nra -wp=wt -fd=1:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!

-cp or cachepolicy

d or e Valid arguments for disk cache policy are:

d Disable

e Enable

The -cp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.

-fd or failoverdrive

ch:targ, ch:targ, ... or ch:targ:lun,... or ch:targ:enc channel:target, or channel:target:l un, or channel:target: enclosure

Sets the failover drive for the virtual disk. The -fd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.

NOTE: From DTK 2.4 onwards, the -fd option creates dedicated hot spares instead of global hot spares. For information about setting global hot spares, see Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares.

For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.

190 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.

-r or -raid 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, 60 Sets the RAID type or level for the virtual disk.

NOTE: If this option is not specified for any RAID controller, RAID 0 is taken as the default.

The valid arguments are:

0 RAID 0 uses data striping, which is writing data in equal-sized segments across the array disks. RAID 0 does not provide data redundancy.

1 RAID 1 is the simplest form of maintaining redundant data. In RAID 1, data is mirrored or duplicated on one or more drives.

5 RAID 5 provides data redundancy by using data striping in combination with parity information. Rather than dedicating a drive to parity, the parity information is striped across all disks in the array.

6 RAID 6 is an extension of RAID 5 and uses extra parity block. It uses block-level striping with two parity blocks distributed across all member disks. RAID 6 provides protection against double disk failures and failures while a single disk is rebuilding. If there is only one array, RAID 6 may be a better option than a hot spare disk.

10 RAID 10 is a stripe of mirrors. Multiple RAID 1 mirrors are created, and a RAID 0 stripe is created over RAID 1 mirrors.

50 RAID 50 is a dual-level array that uses multiple RAID 5 sets in a single array. A single hard drive failure can occur in each of the RAID 5 without any loss of data on the entire array. Although the RAID 50 has increased write performance, when a hard drive fails and reconstruction takes place, performance decreases, data/program access is slower, and transfer speeds on the array are affected.

60 RAID 60 is a combination of RAID 6 and RAID 0. A RAID 0 array is striped across RAID 6 elements. It requires at least 8 disks.

-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]

or

controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,

-rp or readpolicy ra, ara, nra, rc, nrc CAUTION: If the controller is changed from SCSI to RAID mode, expect data loss to occur. Back up any data you want to save before changing the modes.

Sets the SCSI read policy for the virtual disk. Specify the SCSI read policy for the logical drive. The valid arguments are:

ra (read-ahead) The controller reads sequential sectors of the disk when seeking data.

ara (Adaptive Read-Ahead) The controller initiates read-ahead only if the two most recent read requests accessed sequential sectors of the disk. If subsequent read requests access random sectors of the disk, the controller reverts to No-

RAIDCFG 191

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

channel:target: lun,...

[or channel:target: enclosure,...]

Read-Ahead policy. The controller continues to evaluate whether read requests are accessing sequential sectors of the disk and can initiate read-ahead if necessary.

nra (No-Read-Ahead) The controller does not read sequential sectors of the disk when seeking data.

NOTE: The ra, ara, and nra options are supported on the following RAID controllers only:

PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, PERC 5/i Adapter

PERC 6/i Integrated, PERC 6/i Adapter, PERC 6/E Adapter

rc (Read-Caching) Enables read caching.

nrc (No-Read-Caching) Disables read caching.

-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]

or

controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,...

[or channel:target: enclosure,...]

-sp or spanlength <number> Creates a virtual disk comprised of the properties supplied. The -sp option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.

NOTE: Spanlength is applicable only for RAID 50 and RAID 60. The minimum permissible spanlength value for RAID 50 is 3 and for RAID 60 is 4. The number of array disks for creating a virtual disk should not be a prime number and should be divisible by the specified spanlength.

NOTE: For creating RAID 10, the PERC 9 firmware suggests the layout (number of array disks) with uneven span (spans with unequal number of array disks), though in a span the number of disks remain even. For example, for 32 disks, RAID 10 is created with all the disks in one span and for 34 disks, RAID 10 is created with 16 disks in one span and 18 disks in the other span.

For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.

For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.

-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]

-ssz or stripesize

<number> Sets the stripe size for the virtual disk. The stripe size is the amount of array disk space used on each array disk included in the stripe. A valid argument is a number that is less than the size of the virtual disk. The -sszoption is optional and can be added to the

192 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

or

controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,...

[or channel:target: enclosure,...]

command line in any order after the mandatory option combination. However, do not specify a unit for stripe size when creating virtual disks. The unit is always displayed in KB.

For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.

For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.

-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]

or

controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun, channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,..

-str or strict <number> Strict (-str parameter) is the percentage of expected array disk utilization.

Example:

A:> raidcfg -ctrl -ac= cvd -c=0 -ad=0:0,0:1 - r=1 -str=20 If the unused portion of an array disk is greater than the mentioned percentage, raidcfg aborts.

For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.

For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.

-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]

or

controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]

-sz or -size <number> Sets the maximum size of the virtual disk in MB or GB. A valid argument is a number representing the maximum size for the virtual disk. The -szoption is optional and can be the added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.

The minimum virtual disk size that you can create for various controllers is as follows:

For PERC 5 controllers:

RAID 0: 100 MB

RAID 1: 100 MB

RAID 5: 100 MB

For PERC 6 controllers:

RAID 0: 100 MB

RAID 1: 100 MB

RAID 5: 100 MB

RAID 6: 100 MB

RAID 60: 100 MB

For PERC 7, PERC 8, and PERC 9 controllers:

RAID 0: 100 MB

RAIDCFG 193

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

RAID 1: 100 MB

RAID 5: 100 MB

RAID 6: 100 MB

RAID 10: 100 MB

RAID 50: 100 MB

RAID 60: 100 MB

Software RAID controllers:

RAID 0: 100 MB

RAID 1: 100 MB

RAID 5: 100 MB

RAID 10: 100 MB

NOTE: If this option is not provided, RAIDCFG determines the maximum virtual disk size and creates it.

-ctrl -ac=cvd - c=id -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ, ... [or ch:targ:encl,...]

or

controller action= createvdisk controllerid= id adisk= channel:target: lun,... channel:target: lun,... [or channel:target: enclosure,...]

-vdpi or vdiskprotectionin fo

0,1 Creates a virtual disk with the T10 Protection Information (PI) feature enabled.

NOTE: This option is supported only on PERC 9 controllers.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -vdpi=1 RAIDCFG Command successful!

-wp or writepolicy

wb, wt, wc, nwc, fwb Sets the write policy for the virtual disk. The valid arguments are:

wb Write-Back caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal as soon as the data is in the controller cache but has not yet been written to disk.

wt Write-Through caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk.

NOTE: The wb and wt options are supported on the following RAID controllers only:

PERC 5/E Adapter, PERC 5/I Integrated, PERC 5/i Adapter

PERC 6/i Integrated, PERC 6/i Adapter, PERC 6/E Adapter

PERC 7, PERC 8, and PERC 9

wc Write-Caching sets the controller to send a write-request completion signal only after the data is written to the disk.

194 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

nwc No-Write-Caching specifies that the controller does not send a write-request completion signal after the data is written to the disk.

fwb Force write-back caching, enables the write cache regardless of whether the controller has a battery. If the controller does not have a battery and force write-back caching is used, data loss may occur in the event of a power failure

NOTE: The -wpoption is optional and can be

added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.

For SCSI controllers, the value of LUN should always be 0.

For SAS controllers, the value of enclosure can be non-zero, in which case you must specify values for channel, target, and enclosure.

-sf or secureflag 0, 1 Creates a secured virtual disk on controllers with encryption capability and encryption key.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=2 -ad=1:4,1:8 -sf=1 RAIDCFG Command successful!

Enumerating Array Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating array disks (hard-drives).

NOTE: You can also use pdisk or -pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.

Table 337. Enumerating Array Disks (Hard Drives)

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments

Description

-ad -c=id or adisk controllerid=id

NA NA Lists all the array disks attached to the specified RAID controller. This option combination is mandatory.

NOTE: The following example displays the output of a Series 7 controller.

NOTE: The software controller does not display the NegSpeed, CapSpeed,

Certified and Supported parameters.

RAIDCFG 195

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments

Description

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -c=2 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter ****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL(tm) Model: ST3300657SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD NegSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:7:1 Size: 285568 MB (278 GB) Avail: 285568 MB (278 GB) PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Ready Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No

****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL Model: ST500NM0011 Protocol: SATA Media: HDD NegSpeed: 3072 Mbps CapSpeed: 3072 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:4:1 Size: 476416 MB (465 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No

****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL Model: SAMSUNG HE253GJ Protocol: SATA Media: HDD NegSpeed: 3072 Mbps CapSpeed: 3072 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:7:1 Size: 237824 MB (232 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: No Secured: Not Applicable Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No

196 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters/ Arguments

Description

RAIDCFG Command successful!

-vd=id or vdisk=id Lists the array disks that make up the virtual disk on the specified RAID controller. This option combination is mandatory.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -c=4 -vd=0 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter ****** Physical Drive ******Drive Vendor: DELL (tm) Model: ST3450757SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD MedSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:0:1 Size: 428672 MB (418 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: Yes Secured: No Sector Size: 512B T10 Protection Info Capable: No

RAIDCFG Command successful!

-ad -c=id or adisk controllerid=id

-ad= ch:targ,ch:t arg,... adisk= channel:tar get, channel:tar get,...

Displays information about the specified array disk. This option combination is mandatory.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -c=4 -ad= 0:0:1 ****** Physical Drive ****** Vendor: DELL(tm) Model: ST3450757SS Protocol: SAS Media: HDD MegSpeed: 6144 Mbps CapSpeed: 6144 Mbps Certified: YES Supported: YES Location: 0:0:1 Size: 428672 MB (418 GB) Avail: 0 MB PowerState: Spun Up SMARTState: No Error DiskState: Online Encryption Capable: Yes Secured: No Sector Size: 512 MB T10 Protection Info Capable: No RAIDCFG Command successful!

RAIDCFG 197

Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for blinking and unblinking array disks (hard drives).

NOTE: You can also use pdisk or -pd instead of adisk or -ad to specify an array disk.

Table 338. Blinking And Unblinking Array Disks

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ad -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... -ac=blink - c=id or adisk adisk= channel:target , channel:target ,. .. -ac=blink controllerid= id vdisk=id

NA NA Blinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -ad=0:0:1 -ac=blink - c=4 RAIDCFG Command successful!

-ad -ad= ch:targ,ch:targ , ... -ac= unblink -c=id or adisk adisk= channel:target , channel:target ,. .. -ac= unblink controllerid= id vdisk=id

NA NA Unblinks the specified physical disks on the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg ad ad=0:0:1 ac=unblink c=4 RAIDCFG Command successful!

Enumerating Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enumerating virtual disks.

Table 339. Enumerating Virtual Disks

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

vd or vdisk NA NA Lists all the virtual disks for each controller along with the array disks that make up each virtual disk. This option is mandatory.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 Virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back

198 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled RAIDCFG Command successful!

-vd or vdisk -c or controller id

<valid controller ID number>

Lists all the virtual disks under the indicated controllers. Each virtual disk is displayed with the physical disk that comprises it. The -c option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -c=4 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 Virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled RAIDCFG Command successful!

-vd -c=id or vdisk controllerid= id

-vd or vdisk

Displays details about a single virtual disk under the indicated controller. The -vd -c= id option combination is mandatory. The second -vd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option combination.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=0 Controller: PERC H710P Adapter VDisk ID: 0 virtual Disk Name: Virtual Disk 0 Size: 857344 MB (837 GB) Type: RAID 0 Read Policy: Adaptive Read Ahead Write Policy: Write Back Cache Policy: Disabled Stripe Size: 64 Drives: 0:0:1,0:1:1 BootVD: No T10 Protection Info: Disabled RAIDCFG Command successful!

Deleting Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for deleting virtual disks.

RAIDCFG 199

Table 340. Deleting Virtual Disks

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -ac=dvd - c=id

or

vdisk action=deletevdis k controllerid=id

NA NA Deletes all virtual disks on the indicated controller. This option combination is mandatory.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=dvd -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

-vd -ac=dvd - c=id

or

vdisk action=deletevdis k controllerid=id

-vd or vdisk <valid virtual disk ID number>

Deletes the indicated virtual disk on the indicated controller. The -vd- ac=dvd -c =id option combination is mandatory. The second -vd option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory option.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=dvd -c=2 -vd=0 RAIDCFG Command successful!

NOTE: When virtual disks are created, the RAID controller starts the background initialization operation. Virtual disks cannot be deleted until this operation completes.

NOTE: If the raid.ini file contains the [Reset] section, then the RAIDCFG utility removes all the hot spares (dedicated and global) and virtual disks on the specified RAID controllers in the system.

Increasing Virtual Disk Size The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for increasing the virtual disk size of the controller.

Table 341. Increasing Virtual Disk Size

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -c=id - vd=vdid -ac=evs - szinper=% or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=vdid action=expandvdsi ze sizeinpercent= %

NA NA Increases the size of the virtual disk by the specified percentage.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=evs - szinper=25

Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting a virtual disk as a bootable virtual disk.

200 RAIDCFG

Table 342. Setting A Virtual Disk As Bootable Virtual Disk

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -ac=sbf - c=id or vdisk action= setbootflag controllerid= id

-vd or vdisk <valid virtual disk ID number>

Sets the specified virtual disk as bootable virtual disk on the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=sbf -c=2 -vd=0 RAIDCFG Command successful!

Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for blinking or unblinking a physical disk associated with a virtual disk.

Table 343. Blinking And Unblinking Virtual Disks

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -vd=id ac=blink -c=id or vdisk vdisk=id action=blink controllerid=id

NA NA Blinks the physical disks associated with the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=blink -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

-vd -vd=id ac=unblink -c=id or vdisk vdisk=id action=blink controllerid=id

NA NA Unblinks the physical disks associated with the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=blink -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

Setting Virtual Disk Name The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the name of a virtual disk on a controller.

Table 344. Setting Virtual Disk Name

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -vd=id - ac=svdn - vdn= <string> - c=id or vdisk vdisk= id action= setvdname vdname=<string> controllerid= id

NA NA Sets the name of the specified virtual disk on the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -vd=2 -ac=svdn - vdn=xxx -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

RAIDCFG 201

Setting Environment Variables The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the CLI environment.

Table 345. Setting Environment

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-se -envn=<string> -envc=<function>

or

setenvironment envname=<string> envcommand=<function>

NA NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the getcontrollerslots function call. This option combination is mandatory.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=CNTRL - envc=getcontrollerslots CNTRL=0 1 2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

-se -envn=<string>

-envc=<function>

or

setenvironment envname=<string>

envcommand=<function>

-f or filename <filename> Captures the environment output to the given filename. This option either appends the information to an existing file or creates a new file.

-se -envn=<string>

- envc=<function> - c=id

or

setenvironment envname=<string>

envcommand=<function>

controllerid=id

NA NA Sets a user-defined environment variable to the value returned from the getfirmware, getcontrollertype, getadisks, getadiskcount, getfreeadisks,getfreeadiskcount, getfreeadisksize, or gethotspares function call. This option combination is mandatory.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FIRMWARE -envc=getfirmware -c=2 FIRMWARE=531T RAIDCFG Command successful!

Function Calls of Setenvironment Option

The following table lists the function calls of the setenvironment option.

Table 346. Function Calls of the setenvironment Option

Function Call Description

getfirmware Returns the firmware version of the specified controllers.

202 RAIDCFG

Function Call Description

Example:

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FIRMWARE -envc= getfirmware -c=2 FIRMWARE=531T RAIDCFG Command successful!

getcontrollertype Returns LSI for LSI controllers and ADAP for Adaptec controllers.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=CONTROLLERTYPE -envc= getcontrollertype -c=2 CONTROLLERTYPE=LSI RAIDCFG Command successful!

getadisks Returns the array disks attached to the controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=ADISKS -envc=getadisks -c=2 ADISKS=0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!

getfreeadiskcount Returns the number of free array disks found in the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FREEADISKCOUNT -envc= getfreeadiskcount -c=2 FREEADISKCOUNT=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

getfreeadisksize Returns the total size of the free array disks in megabytes.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=FREEADISKSIZE -envc= getfreeadisksize -c=2 FREEADISKSIZE=15346 RAIDCFG Command successful!

gethotspares Returns the global hot spares (global failover disks) found on the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=HOTSPARES -envc= gethotspares -c=2 HOTSPARES=1:8:1,1:9:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!

RAIDCFG 203

Function Call Description

getfreeadisks Returns the free array disks.

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=GETFREEADISKS -envc= getfreeadisks -c=2 GETFREEADISKS=0:3:1,0:4:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!

getadiskcount Returns the total number of array disks.

A:>raidcfg -se -envn=GETADISKCOUNT -envc= getadiskcount -c=2 GETADISKCOUNT=1 RAIDCFG Command successful!

RAID Replication Options The following table lists the RAID replication options.

Table 347. RAID Replication Options

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-i NA Reads the RAID configuration information from the given .ini filename and creates the RAID configurations on the specified controllers. This option is mandatory.

Example:

A:> raidcfg -i=\tmp\raid.ini

-o NA Reads the RAID configurations from all available controllers and writes these configurations in the raid.ini file under the /tmp directory (in Linux systems). This option is mandatory.

Example:

A:> raidcfg -o=\tmp\raid.ini The contents of the raid.ini file are: [vdisk0] controllerid=0 size=123456 raid=5 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wt stripesize=32 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:0:1,0:1:1,0:2:1 [vdisk1] controllerid=0 size=65345 raid=1 readpolicy=ra

204 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

writepolicy=wt stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:3:1,0:4:1

NOTE: If the controller uses global hot spares, the raid.ini file contains the following section:

[GlobalHotspare0]

controllerid=0

failoverdrive=0:8:0

Assigning, Unassigning, And Listing Global Hot Spares The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for assigning and unassigning global hot spares.

Table 348. Assigning, Unassigning, and Listing Global Hot Spares

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -ac=sghs - c=id -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl

or

controller action=setglobalh otspare controllerid=id adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure

NA NA Assigns the specified disk as a global hot spare on the controller. You can assign only one disk at a time.

NOTE: The parameter, force, is optional and

is used to avoid the warning messages while assigning the disk as global hot spare. This parameter is supported only on PERC 9 controllers.

NOTE: Assign hot spare for a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=sghs -c=2 - ad=0:1 -force RAIDCFG Command successful!

-ad|-pd -ac=lghs -c=id or adisk| pdisk - action=listglobal hotspare controllerid=id

NA NA Displays the array (physical) disks used for global hot spare for the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=lghs -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

-ctrl ac=rghs - c=id -ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl or controller

NA NA Unassigns all the specified global hot spares to a disk on the specified controller.

RAIDCFG 205

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

action=removeglob alhotspare controllerid=id adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=rghs -c=2- ad=0:1,0:2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

Importing And Clearing Foreign Configurations The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for foreign configurations.

Table 349. RAIDCFG Options for Foreign Configurations

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id - ac=fgnimp

or

controller controllerid=idac tion=foreignimpor t

NA NA Imports the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.

If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.

NOTE: For importing secured foreign configuration, use importsecureforeignconfig or isfc.

For more details, see Importing Secured Foreign Configurations.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnimp

-ctrl -c=id -ac= fgnclr

or

controllercontrol lerid=id foreignclear

NA NA Clears the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers..

If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.

NOTE: For clearing secured foreign configuration, use instantsecureerase or insecerase. For more details, see

Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnclr

206 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id

-ac=fgnrvr or

controller controllerid=id

action=foreignrec over

NA NA Recovers the foreign configuration detected in the selected controller. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.

If you use this argument on a controller that does not have a foreign configuration, the No Foreign configuration present in the controller message is displayed.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=fgnrvr

Importing Secured Foreign Configuration The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for importing secured foreign configuration of the virtual disks.

Table 350. RAIDCFG Options for Importing Secured Foreign Configuration

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id - ac=isfc - pp=passphrase

or

controller controllerid=id action=importsecu reforeignconfig passphrase=passph rase

NA NA Imports the foreign configuration of the virtual disks secured with the specified passphrase.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=isfc - pp=Dell_123

Displaying Foreign Key Ids The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for displaying the foreign key ids of the controller.

Table 351. Displaying Foreign Key Ids

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

--ctrl -c=id - ac=gfki

or

controller controllerid=id

NA NA Displays the foreign key ids present on the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=gfki Controller: PERC H710P Mini ******** Foreign Key IDs ********

RAIDCFG 207

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

action=getforeign keyids

Disk Location: 0:7:1 Foreign Key ID: secure

RAIDCFG Command successful!

Creating Encryption Key The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for creating encryption key for the controller.

Table 352. Creating Encryption Key

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id - ac=csk - pp=passphrase - kid=key

or

controller controllerid=id action=createsecu ritykey passphrase=passph rase keyid=key

NA NA Creates encryption key for the encryption-capable controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=csk - pp=Dell_123 kid=Dell_321

Changing Encryption Key The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for changing the encryption key of the controller.

Table 353. Changing Encryption Key

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id - ac=chsk - pp=passphrase - kid=key - opp=passphrase

or

controller controllerid=id action=changesecu ritykey passphrase=passph rase keyid=key oldpassphrase=pas sphrase

NA NA Changes the encryption key of the encryption- capable controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=chsk - pp=Dell_123 kid=Dell_321 - opp=Dell_abc

208 RAIDCFG

Deleting Encryption Key The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for deleting the encryption key of a controller.

Table 354. Deleting Encryption Key

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id - ac=dsk

or

controller controllerid=id action=deletesecu ritykey

NA NA Deletes the encryption key of the encryption-capable controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dsk

Configuring Physical Disk Rebuild The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the rebuild of the physical disks associated with a virtual disk.

Table 355. Configuring the Disk Rebuild

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -ac=rbd -ad|- pd= ch:targ:encl -c=id

or

vdisk action=rebuild adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id

NA NA Rebuilds the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=rbd -ad=0:1 -c=2

-vd -ac=crbd - ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id

or

vdisk action=cancelrebu ild adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id

NA NA Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=crbd -ad=0:1 -c=2

RAIDCFG 209

Configuring Array Disk As RAID The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the array disk as RAID.

Table 356. Configuring Array Disk as RAID

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ad -ac=ctr -ad|- pd= ch:targ:encl -c=id

or

vdisk action=converttor aid adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id

NA NA Configures the array disk as RAID.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=ctr -ad=0:1 -c=2

-ad -ac=ctnr - ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id

or

vdisk action=convertton onraid adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id

NA NA Configures the array disk as JBOD.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=ctnr -ad=0:1 -c=2

Configuring Physical Disk State The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the physical disk state to online or offline.

CAUTION: Setting a physical disk online or offline may result in data loss. Either complete an automatic rebuild of the physical disk or initiate a consistency check of the virtual disk after an online task completes.

Table 357. Configuring Physical Disk State

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ad -ac=online - ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id

or

NA NA Sets the array disk state to online.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=online -ad=0:1 - c=2

210 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

adisk action=online adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id

-ad -ac=offline - ad|-pd= ch:targ:encl - c=id

or

adisk action=offline adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id

NA NA Cancels the rebuild of the physical disk associated with a specified virtual disk.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -ac=offline -ad=0:1 - c=2

Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for replacing the physical disk of a virtual disk with a ready state disk.

Table 358. Replacing Physical Disk Of A Virtual Disk

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -ac=replacepd -vd=id ch:targ:encl - c=id

or

vdisk action=replacepdi sk adisk| pdisk=channel:tar get:enclosure controllerid=id

NA NA Replaces the physical disk of a virtual disk by a ready state disk, whose size is greater than or equal to the size of the physical disk.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -ac=replacepd -vd=2 - c=2 -src=0:1 -dest=0:1

Consistency check for virtual disk The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for a consistency check for a virtual disk.

RAIDCFG 211

Table 359. Consistency Check For Virtual Disk

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -c=id -vd=id - ac=cc or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=consistenc ycheck

NA NA Check consistency for a specified virtual disk.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=cc

-vd -c=id -vd=id - ac=ccc or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=cancelcons istencycheck

NA NA Cancels the consistency check for the specified virtual disk.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=ccc

NOTE: Consistency check command is not applicable when RAID=0.

Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for erasing encrypted physical disks.

Table 360. Erasing Encrypted Physical Disk

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ad -ad | pd= ch:targ: enc1,ch:targ:encl ,... - ac=insecerase - c=id or

adisk adisk | pdisk= channel:target:en closure , channel:target:en closure ,... action=instantsec ureerase controllerid= id

NA NA Erases the encrypted physical disk that is in ready or foreign disk state.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ad -ad=0:1,0:2 -ac=insecerase -c=2

Discarding Preserved Cache The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for discarding the preserved cache on the controller.

212 RAIDCFG

Table 361. Discarding Preserved Cache

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

--ctrl -c=id - ac=dpc -force

or

controller controllerid=id action=discardPre servedCache force

NA NA Discards the preserved cache on the controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dpc -force RAIDCFG Command successful!

--ctrl -c=id - ac=dpc -force - igncfg

or

controller controllerid=id action=discardPre servedCache force - ignoreconfig

NA NA Discards the preserved cache on the controller ignoring the foreign configuration.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=dpc -force -igncfg RAIDCFG Command successful!

Initializing Virtual Disks The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for initializing selected virtual disks.

Table 362. Initializing Virtual Disks

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=fi or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=fastinit

NA NA Initializes the selected virtual disk in the selected controller with the fastinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers.

Using the fastinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=fi

-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=sli or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=slowinit

NA NA Initializes the selected virtual disk in the selected controller with the slowinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers. Using the slowinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=sli

RAIDCFG 213

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-vd -c=id -vd=id -ac=ci or vdisk controllerid=id vdisk=id action=cancelinit

NA NA Cancels the initialization of the virtual disk with the cancelinit command. This feature is supported on PERC 5 and later controllers and is not supported on SAS controllers. Using the cancelinit command on unsupported controllers returns an error..

Example:

A:>raidcfg -vd -c=2 -vd=2 -ac=ci

Resetting The Controller The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and predefined arguments for resetting the controller.

Table 363. Resetting The Controller

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id - ac=rst or controller controllerid=id action=reset

NA NA Resets the specified controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=rst

-ctrl -c=id - ac=rst -force or - controller - controllerid=id - action=reset

force NA The parameter force, is optional. This option is used to reset or delete the BootVD in Post operating system.

Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for enabling and disabling dedicated hot spares.

Table 364. Enabling And Disabling Persistent Dedicated Hot Spares

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

--ctrl -c=id - ac=ephs

or

controller controllerid=id action=enableperi stenthotspare

NA NA Assigns the slot corresponding to the hot spare drive as persistent. Any drive in the slot functions as a hot spare if the drive is qualified to be a hot spare.

NOTE: Assign hot spare for a bootable virtual disk only from the disk drives of slot 0-3 of the system.

214 RAIDCFG

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=ephs -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

--ctrl -c=id - ac=dphs

or

controller controllerid=id action=disableper sistenthotspare

NA NA Disables the persistent slot corresponding to the hot spare drive. If the drive is removed from the slot and any drive is inserted, the slot stops functioning as a hot spare. You must manually assign the drive as a hot spare again.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=dphs -c=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

Setting And Displaying The PCIe Link Speed The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting and displaying the Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) link speed of the controller.

Table 365. Setting and Displaying the PCIe Link Speed

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

--ctrl -c=id - ac=spciels -spd=<2 | 3>

or

controller controllerid=id action=setpcielin kspeed speed=<2 | 3>

NA NA Sets the PCIe link speed of the controller to PCIe Generation 2 or 3.

NOTE: Reboot the system to apply the setting.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=spciels - spd=2 RAIDCFG Command successful!

--ctrl -c=id - ac=gpciels

or

controller controllerid=id action=getpcielin kspeed

NA NA Displays the PCIe link speed of the controller.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=gpciels RAIDCFG Command successful!

Supported Controllers And Firmware Versions For PCIe Link Speed

The following table lists the controllers and minimum supported firmware versions for PCIe link speed.

RAIDCFG 215

Table 366. Supported Controllers And Firmware Versions For PCIe Link Speed

Controllers Component Minimum Supported Versions

PERC H710 H710 Adapter 21.2.0-0007

H710 Mini Monolithic 21.2.0-0007

PERC H710P H710P Adapter 21.2.0-0007

H710P Mini Monolithic 21.2.0-0007

PERC H810 H810 Adapter 21.2.0-0007

Setting Boot Mode The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for setting the boot mode of the controller.

Table 367. Setting Boot mode

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id - ac=sbm bm=<0|1| 2> or controller controllerid=id action=setbootmod e bootmode=<0|1| 2>

NA NA Sets the boot mode of the controller to any of the following during the system start or reboot:

Stop on error (0)

Continue on error (1)

Continue headless on error (2)

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=sbm -bm=0

Configuring Auto Import The following table lists the RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments for configuring the auto import property of the controller.

Table 368. Configuring Auto Import

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

-ctrl -c=id - ac=eai ai=<0|1> or controller controllerid=id action=enableauto import autoimport=<0|1>

NA NA Sets the auto import property of the controller to 1 (enables the auto import property to automatically import the foreign configuration) or 0 (disables the auto import property).

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -c=2 -ac=eai -ai=0

216 RAIDCFG

Miscellaneous Options The following table lists all other RAIDCFG options, parameters, and pre-defined arguments.

Table 369. Miscellaneous Optional Parameters

Mandatory Options and Arguments

Optional Parameters Valid Parameters Arguments

Description

any option -l or logfile <filename> Logs command line output to a file. The utility either appends the information to an existing log file or creates a new file. The log file contains the same information as standard output. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after the mandatory options have been added.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -l=log.txt Controller_ID/Slot_ID: 0 Controller_PCI_ID: 4:2:1 Controller_Name: Dell PERC 6/E Channels: 2 Virtual_Disks: 0 Firmware Version: V2.8-0[6064] RAIDCFG Command successful!

-si or silent NA Does not display any information on the terminal console. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after any mandatory options have been added.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -si

-ver or version NA Displays the version number of the RAIDCFG utility. This option is optional and can be added to the command line in any order after any mandatory options have been added.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ver RAIDCFG V4.4 Copyright (c) 2002-2014 Dell Inc. RAIDCFG Command successful!

Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands The following table lists the basic RAIDCFG commands.

RAIDCFG 217

Table 370. Quick Reference To RAIDCFG Commands

Purpose Command Description

To list all the RAID controllers in a system

raidcfg -ctrl Lists all the RAID controllers in the system.

Record the slot ID of the controllers for later reference.

Example:

A:>raidcfg -ctrl -ac=sghs -c=2 -ad=0:1 RAIDCFG Command successful!

To list all the disks attached to a particular controller

raidcfg adisk - c=slotid

Lists all the disks attached to the controller. The slot ID is obtained from the first command.

Record the drive location of the disks for later reference.

To create a virtual disk with all the default settings

raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,...

Creates a virtual disk of maximum available size for type RAID 0. RAID 0 is the default.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.

To create a virtual disk of a certain size with all the default settings

raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,... -sz=5GB

Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 0. RAID 0 is the default.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.

To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 1

raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y -sz=5GB -r=1

Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 1.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.

To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 5

raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,... - sz=5GB -r=5

Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 5.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.

To create a virtual disk of a certain size and make it RAID 1 with a hot spare

raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y -sz=5GB -r=1 -fd=x:y

Creates a virtual disk of 5 GB size for type RAID 1.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands.

The option <-fd> stands for failover drive and requires the drive location of the drive you want the dedicated hot spare to be in. The drive location is obtained from the second command.

To create a virtual disk of RAID 10

raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y -r=10

Creates a virtual disk of max size for type RAID 10.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.

To create a virtual disk of RAID 50

raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y,x :y -r=50 -sp=x

Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 50.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.

218 RAIDCFG

Purpose Command Description

To create a virtual disk of RAID 6 raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y,x :y -r=6 -sp=x

Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 6.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.

NOTE: The minimum number of drives required to create a virtual disk of RAID 6 is 4.

To create a virtual disk of RAID 60

raidcfg -ctrl -ac=cvd -c=slotid -ad= x:y,x:y,x:y,x:y ,x:y,x :y -r=60 -sp=x

Creates a virtual disk of maximum size for type RAID 60.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> and the array disks in <-ad=...> are obtained from the first two commands. The drive location is obtained from the second command.

NOTE: The minimum number of drives required to create a virtual disk of RAID 60 is 8.

To view all the virtual disks in a system

raidcfg vdisk Lists the virtual disks on a system for all RAID controllers.

To view all the virtual disks for a specific controller

raidcfg vdisk - c=slotid

Lists all the virtual disks on a specific controller.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> is obtained from the first commands.

To delete a specific virtual disk on a controller

raidcfg vdisk -ac=dvd -c=slotid -vd= vdiskid

Deletes a specific virtual disk on a controller.

The slot ID in <-c=slotid> is obtained from the first command and the vdiskid in <-vd=vdiskid> is obtained from command 10.

RAIDCFG 219

UPINIT The UPINIT utility allows to create a utility partition (UP) on a hard drive, format the partition, and extract the partition contents onto the disk.

Topics:

Features

Creating A Partition Using UPINIT

UPINIT Dependencies

UPINIT Options And Arguments

Features The UPINIT utility:

Displays help and usage information.

Returns specific error codes and messages.

NOTE: In Microsoft Windows Preinstallation Environment (Windows PE), you can find the UPINIT utility in \DELL\TOOLKIT \TEMPLATES\SCRIPTS. In Linux, you can find it in /opt/dell/toolkit/templates/scripts

Creating A Partition Using UPINIT The size of the virtual disk where a utility partition is to be created must be a minimum of 8 GB.

UPINIT performs the following steps:

Ensures that the UP image file is present and readable.

Ensures that no partitions are present on the target disk.

Creates a utility partition of type Dell Utility (DE). If there is an existing UP, UPINIT does not create a new one. It only updates the existing UP. If no UP is found, UPINIT exits.

Updates the boot sector with the UP boot sector image. If required, it updates the master boot record as well.

Mounts the partition.

Uncompresses the UP file onto the UP image.

Unmounts the partition.

NOTE: On Windows PE, UPINIT runs as a batch file. In Linux, it runs as a shell script that uses standard Linux commands to accomplish the same tasks as done by the Windows PE UPINIT utility. Both command lines are identical and the output of the two utilities are identical when the same image is used.

UPINIT Dependencies On systems running Linux, UPINIT looks for the following files:

mbr file in the dell/drmk directory

sysdrmk in the dell/toolkit/bin directory

6

220 UPINIT

On systems running Windows, UPINIT looks for the following files:

createup.cfg , mountup.cfg , umountup.cfg , and listup.cfg in the DELL\TOOLKIT\TEMPLATE\SCRIPTS directory

sysdrmk.exe in the DELL\TOOLKIT\TOOLS directory

UPINIT Options And Arguments Table below lists the valid options and arguments for the UPINIT utility.

Table 371. UPINIT Options and Arguments

Option Valid Arguments Description

none none If no options are given, the tool outputs usage information. The usage information is printed in the format shown below.

Example 1:

A:>upinit upinit version 1.0 2012 Dell Inc. All rights reserved upinit.sh --disk|-d=disk --size|-s= size --file|-f=file [--overwrite|-o] [--help|-h] --help or -h prints help. --disk or -d disk device on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f filename of Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Installs the Dell Utility partition over an existing one. Example 2:

upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 -- file=upimg.bin In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB on /dev/sda using upimg.bin file.

NOTE: The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/ downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the --overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are deleted.

-h none This function command requires an argument that matches a valid option. If the argument matches a valid option, that options usage information is displayed. This option cannot be used with other options.

Windows PE Example:

upinit version 1.0 Copyright (c) 2002-2012 Dell Inc.

This utility creates a utility partition for your system. This utility requires a Utility Partition image file (upimg.bin) which can be found under /opt/dell/toolkit/ systems folder in the Deployment Toolkit ISO. For more

UPINIT 221

Option Valid Arguments Description

information, please consult the Deployment Toolkit Documentation.

Usage:

upinit.bat [--overwrite] --disk=ID or -d=ID --size=size or -s=size --file=file or -f=file --help or -h prints usage. --disk or -d ID of the disk on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f Filename of the Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Overwrites an existing Dell Utility Partition. Example:

upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= upimg.bin In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB using the upimg.bin image file.

The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the -- overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are not deleted.

Linux Example:

upinit version 1.0 Copyright (c) 2002-2012 Dell Inc. This utility creates a utility partition for your system. This utility requires a Utility Partition image file (upimg.bin) which can be found under /opt/dell/toolkit/systems folder in the Deployment Toolkit ISO. For more information, please consult the Deployment Toolkit Documentation. Usage:

upinit.sh --disk|-d=disk --size|-s= size --file|-f=file [--overwrite|-o] [--help|-h] --help or -h prints help. --disk or -d disk device on which to create the Dell Utility Partition. --size or -s Size in MB for the Dell Utility Partition. --file or -f filename of Dell Utility Partition Image File. --overwrite or -o Installs the Dell Utility partition over an existing one. Example:

upinit --disk=/dev/sda --size=32 --file=upimg.bin In the example, upinit creates a Dell Utility Partition of size 32 MB on /dev/sda using the upimg.bin file.

222 UPINIT

Option Valid Arguments Description

The --overwrite option should be used for upgrading/downgrading purposes. The --size option is not required when using the --overwrite option because the -- overwrite option does not resize an existing Dell Utility Partition. If any partitions exist, they are not deleted.

disk integer, required (Windows) string, required (Linux)

Specifies the disk on which to create a utility partition. This disk is checked to ensure that there are no existing partitions. Utility exits with an error if the disk has partitions other than a utility partition.

Use option --overwrite to overwrite an existing utility partition.

Example:

A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin (WinPE Example) # upinit --disk=/dev/hda --size=32 -- file=/home/BIN/upimage.bin (Linux Example)

size integer, required The size of the utility partition to create. The created utility is at least the size specified by size and be as close to actual size as drive geometry allows.

Example :

A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin

file string, required Specifies a file that is decompressed onto the utility partition. This file is checked for existence and availability before any partitions are created on the disk. If the file is not specified, the utility simply create the utility partition, format it, and exits. The user has to mount and populate the utility partition. It is very unlikely that the user do NOT specify the utility partition format.

Example:

A:>upinit --disk=0 --size=32 --file= c:\upimage.bin

--overwrite string, optional Overwrites an existing utility partition. It does not create a new partition or delete an existing partition.

UPINIT 223

Messages And Codes This section documents the error messages and codes used in Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK).

Topics:

SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages

UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages

UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages

UPINIT Windows PE Specific Error Codes And Messages

RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages

RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages

RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages

SYSCFG Error Codes And Messages The SYSCFG utility checks your commands for correct syntax and valid input. When you enter a command, a message is displayed stating the results of the command.

Failure Messages The SYSCFG utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. The following table lists SYSCFG error codes and messages.

Table 372. SYSCFG Error Codes and Messages

Error Code Message

0 Success

1 Attempt to read write-only parameter.

2 Password cannot exceed 16 characters.

3 A BMC was either not detected or is not supported.

4 This username is already in use. Enter a unique username.

5 Access mode not supported.

6 Cannot return number of requested data bytes.

7 User ID 1 cannot be assigned a username.

8 Cannot execute duplicated request.

9 There was an error clearing the SEL.

10 Clear SEL cannot be accompanied with any other option.

11 racreset cannot be accompanied with any other option.

7

224 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

12 Cannot execute command. Command, or request parameter(s), not supported in present state.

13 Command not supported on given channel.

14 The community string may only contain printable ASCII characters.

15 Destination unavailable. Cannot deliver request to selected destination.

16 Cannot execute command. Insufficient privilege level.

17 Command illegal for specified sensor or record type.

18 Invalid commstring value.

19 Hardware subsystem error. Invalid data field in Request.

20 Invalid destination IP address.

21 The GUID is invalid.

22 Invalid gateway.

23 Invalid hostname.

24 Invalid IP address.

25 Invalid DNS IP address.

26 Invalid sub net mask.

27 Invalid value for PEF. PEF value should be between 1 and 16.

28 Reservation Canceled or Invalid Reservation ID.

29 Invalid Time to live value.

30 Invalid VLANID value.

31 Invalid Command. Used to indicate an unrecognized or unsupported command.

32 Command invalid for given LUN.

33 Load defaults cannot be accompanied with any other option.

34 There was an error loading the defaults.

35 Node Busy. Command could not be processed because command processing resources are temporarily unavailable.

36 Out of space. Command could not be completed because of a lack of storage space required to execute the given command operation.

37 This parameter is not supported.

38 Parameter out of range. One or more parameters in the data field of the Request are out of range.

39 The password may only contain printable ASCII characters.

40 Password test failed.

41 Requested data length invalid.

42 Requested data field length limit exceeded.

Messages And Codes 225

Error Code Message

43 Requested Sensor, data, or record not present.

44 Request data truncated.

45 Command response could not be provided.

46 Command response could not be provided. BMC initialization or initialization agent in progress.

47 Command response could not be provided. Device in firmware update mode.

48 Command response could not be provided. SDR Repository in update mode.

49 Cannot execute command, SEL erase in progress.

50 Attempt to set the 'set in progress' value when not in the 'set in complete' state.

51 The SOL character accumulate interval is invalid.

52 The SOL character send threshold is invalid.

53 The SOL retry interval is invalid.

54 Command completed successfully.

55 Time-out while processing command. Response unavailable.

56 Unspecified error.

57 The password may only contain printable ASCII characters.

58 Username cannot exceed 16 characters.

59 Invalid VLANID value. Enter in dddd format.

60 Attempt to write read-only parameter.

61 BMC is busy.

62 Response data did not return successfully.

63 BMC time out error.

64 Option requires an argument.

65 The asset tag for this system is not available.

66 The asset tag cannot be more than 10 characters long.

67 The required BIOS interfaces cannot be found on this system.

68 The BIOS version information is not available.

69 There is not enough free system memory to complete the BIOS update.

70 The BIOS update file version is a different version class (A00, X00) than the current system BIOS. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.

71 The BIOS update file version is older than the current system bios. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.

72 The BIOS update file version is identical to the current system bios. Use the --force option to use this BIOS image.

226 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

73 The sequence list must be a comma-separated numerical list of valid unique boot device numbers (ex: 2, 1, 3).

74 The sequence list must be a comma-separated list of valid unique device names (ex: nic.emb.1, hdd.emb.1) or a comma-separated numerical list of valid unique boot device numbers (ex: 2, 1, 3).

75 There was an error setting the sequence.

76 The list is not formatted correctly. See the help for more details.

77 The size of returned buffer is larger than the size of allocated buffer.

78 There was a problem getting the state byte.

79 The state byte is not available on this system.

80 There was a problem setting the state byte.

81 The state byte must be a value between 0 and 255 decimal.

82 The CPU information is not available.

83 The dependent option required for this subcommand is missing in the command line.

84 Duplicate sub command has been entered.

85 The script file does contain not a valid DTK environment script signature.

86 The format of the environment variable is incorrect.

87 The --envar option can only be used for a single option.

88 The --envar option can only be used for report operations.

89 The individual sub commands should be specified for the -s option.

90 Getting external serial connector settings failed.

91 Setting external serial connector settings failed.

92 There was an error opening the file.

93 File does not have write permission.

94 The file contains invalid options.

95 The replication information does not match for this system.

96 There can only be one section in the input file.

97 Bad ini file, the section cannot be found.

98 The format of the bios image file is incorrect.

99 Report operations and set operations must be separate.

100 Help is not available for the option.

101 The -x (--hex) option can only be used with -b or -r.

102 Input file not found.

103 Input file cannot be read.

Messages And Codes 227

Error Code Message

104 Invalid argument for option.

105 Function table lookup error.

106 The machine ID was not found in the file.

107 The system memory information is not available.

108 Mode can only be used with the --pci option.

109 The device name or index must be present in the boot order.

110 The output file could not be opened. Please make sure the path exists and the media is not write protected.

111 Could not write to output file, disk may be full.

112 The current password must be supplied with a new password using --oldsyspwd.

113 The current password must be supplied with a new password using -- oldsetuppwd.

114 The current password can only be supplied when setting a new password.

115 Actions are not allowed for this filter. Only alerts are allowed.

116 There was an error getting the option.

117 The option is not available or cannot be configured through software.

118 There was an error setting the option.

119 The -n (--namefile) option can only be used with - -pci.

120 The password may only contain alphanumeric characters.

121 The BIOS passwords have been disabled via jumper.

122 The password length must be between 1 and 32.

123 This password is locked and can only be unlocked by the admin user.

124 There was an error setting the password.

125 The LCD string length must be between 1 and %s.

126 The LCD string may only contain alphanumeric characters.

127 There was an error setting the LCD string.

128 The second channel can only be set if the RAID controller is set to RAID.

129 The set operation requires sub commands.

130 The service tag for this system is not available.

131 The system ID value is not available.

132 The system information string is not available.

133 A system error has occurred.

134 Usage error.

135 The uuid information is not present on this system

228 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

136 Version cannot be accompanied with any other option.

137 The self-identify blinker timer should be set to 0..255 second(s).

138 Encrypt key is too long.

139 Encrypt key is invalid, accepted characters are 0 to 9 or A to F.

140 Parameter has been temporarily disabled due to a dependency on other settings.

141 The old password supplied is incorrect. The new password will not be set. Please try again.

142 Cannot stat /etc/omreg.cfg file. Please ensure /etc/omreg.cfg file is present and is valid for your environment. You can copy this file from the DTK iso.

143 Getting nicselection settings failed.

144 HAPI Driver Load Error.

145 Filter action power reduction is only supported for the system power warn/ fail filters.

146 TPM/TCM Clear settings requires setup password.

147 There is currently no TPM/TCM Clear request pending.

148 Password is not required for retrieving the %s options.

149 Setup password is required for setting the %s options.

150 Invalid Password override.

151 Invalid TPM/TCM set option.

152 There was an error setting the TPM/TCM option.

153 There is no setup password installed on this system.

154 The setup password supplied is incorrect. Please try again.

155 Profile should be custom for setting cpupowermode, memorypowermode and fanmode.

156 There was an error setting the Power Option.

157 The power cap value entered is out of range. Please try again.

158 The power cap value entered must be between 0 to 100 if unit is percent.

159 Invalid IPv6 address. The IPv6 address cannot be link-local or multicast.

160 Invalid IPv6 address. The IPv6 address specified has incorrect address format.

161 Invalid IPv6 address. The gateway address specified has incorrect address format.

162 Invalid IPv6 address. The Primary DNS server address specified has incorrect address format.

Messages And Codes 229

Error Code Message

163 Invalid IPv6 address. The Secondary DNS server address specified has incorrect address format.

164 Invalid IPv6 address. The gateway address specified is invalid.

165 Invalid configuration. Attempting to apply IPv6 configuration on a non supported platform.

166 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempt to set DNS server address manually while DNS address source is set to auto.

167 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempt to set IPv6 address manually while IPv6 address source is set to auto.

168 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Attempting to apply IPv6 configuration without loading IPv6 stack.

169 Invalid IPv4 configuration. Attempting to apply IPv4 configuration with IPv4 disabled.

170 Invalid IPv6 configuration. Ipv6 address cannot be specified without specifying prefix-length.

171 Invalid IPv6 configuration. dnssrcv6 cannot be set to auto when ipsrcv6 is set to manual.

172 Error while executing IPMI Set command.

173 Error while executing IPMI Get command.

174 Error during Trap Alert.

175 Unspecified error.

176 Getting LCD settings failed.

177 Invalid configuration. Attempting to set cap when capenable is set to disable.

178 Invalid configuration. Attempting to set cap when hardware does not support setting.

179 Invalid Configuration Option.

180 Cannot execute command. Parameter is illegal because command sub-function has been disabled or is unavailable.

181 Failed to report the removable flash media redundancy status.

182 Failed to report the Internal SD Module status.

183 Error locating the Virtual Media Key on the Modular system.

184 Error in setting the redundancy option for the Internal SD Modules.

185 Error in retrieving the redundancy option for the Internal SD Modules.

186 Error in setting the redundancy option on Modular systems for the Internal SD Modules.

187 Error in retrieving the vFlash option.

188 Error in setting the vFlash option.

230 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

189 The set operation failed due to dependency.

190 The set operation failed because attribute is forced to a value.

191 Cannot disable this OrderedLists entries.

192 The set operation failed because system is busy now . Try again later.

193 New value for the token not valid.

194 Token not found.

195 The set operation failed because System Services and/or CSIOR disabled.

196 The set operation failed due to pending System Password changes.

197 The set operation failed due to Password verification failure.

198 The set operation failed due to previously scheduled job.

199 The set operation failed because attribute is suppressed.

200 The set operation failed due to Generic failure.

201 XML path context creation failed.

202 Unable to parse XML.

203 Unable to connect data manager.

204 'root' privileges required to execute this application.

205 Invalid alert destination.

206 The set operation failed due to unspecified error.

207 Incorrect syntax for help. For more information about a particular command, use the option '-h or --help' followed by the command name. Example: %s -h --asset

208 System is busy now.Try again later.

209 The dependent option '%s' required for this subcommand should be 'enable'.

210 Some of the BIOS/IPMI tokens are ignored. See the log file (dtk.log) for more information.

211 Unsupported file name extension.Supported file name extension is XML

212 Unsupported file name extension.Supported file name extensions are .ini, .log, .bat, .ids, .lst, and .txt.

Failures And Solutions The following table lists the common SYSCFG failures and their solutions.

Messages And Codes 231

Table 373. SYSCFG Failures and Solutions

Failure Messages Solutions

Generic failure. Indicates iDRAC is in bad state. Reboot iDRAC.

New value not valid. Make sure the changed value is valid.

Cannot disable this orderedLists entries. BIOS does not support enabling or disabling of a particular boot order object.

System busy, try again later. Retry as iDRAC is busy with internal processing.

Unable to connect iDRAC data manager. Start data manager service using srvadmin_services (specific to Linux).

System Services and/or CSIOR disabled. Enable CSIOR from screen.

UPINIT Common Error Codes And Messages The UPINIT utility checks your commands for correct syntax. When you enter a command, a message is displayed stating the results of the command.

Failure Messages The UPINIT utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. Table below lists error codes and messages common to Linux and Microsoft Windows PE environments.

Table 374. UPINIT Common Error Codes and Messages

Error Code Message

0 Dell Utility Partition created successfully.

1 Error: Disk ID not specified.

2 Error: SIZE not specified.

3 Error: Utility Partition Image file not specified.

4 Error: DRMK Path not specified.

5 Error: Dell Utility Partition already exits. Please use --overwrite option to upgrade or overwrite.

6 Error: Partitions exists. Please clear all the partitions before running upinit.sh.

7 Error: DOS file(s) not found at the specified path.

8 Error: UP IMAGE not found at the specified location.

9 Error: format failed.

10 Error: Invalid size. Size should be a number between 32 and 2000.

11 Error: sysdrmk failed.

12 System Error.

13 Error: Invalid Argument:

232 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

14 Error: Unzip failed.

UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes And Messages The list of error codes and messages are specific to the Linux environment.

Table 375. UPINIT Linux-Specific Error Codes and Messages

Error Code Message

31 Error: Invalid disk specified.

32 Error: Mount failed.

33 Cannot create mount point .File exists

34 Error: fdisk failed.

UPINIT Windows PE Specific Error Codes And Messages The list of error codes and messages below are specific to the Windows PE environment.

Table 376. UPINIT Windows PE-Specific Error Codes and Messages

Error Code Message

31 Error: DISKPART failed.

32 Error: DISKPART command file not found.

RAIDCFG Error Codes And Messages The RAIDCFG utility checks your commands for correct syntax when you enter them. When you enter a command, a message displays stating the results of the command.

Failure Messages The RAIDCFG utility failure messages provide error codes to help diagnose why some commands do not succeed. See table below for a list of the error codes and the associated messages.

Table 377. RAIDCFG Error Codes and Messages

Error Code Message

0 RAIDCFG Command successful!

1 Error! Incorrect Syntax.

2 Failure!

3 Illegal operation

Messages And Codes 233

Error Code Message

4 Unsupported operation

5 Device not found.

6 Format boot drive illegal

7 Buffer too small.

8 Virtual Disk contains boot partition. Use force option to delete.

9 Init boot drive failed.

10 Format boot drive failed.

11 Cannot write boot drive.

12 Unsupported RAID value.

13 Invalid RAID configuration.

14 Span depth not in range.

15 RAID 1 failed.

16 Exactly 2 array disks are required to create a RAID 1 virtual disk.

17 Unsupported stripe size value.

18 RAID 5 only.

19 RAID 5 error.

20 A minimum of 3 array disks are required to create a RAID 5 virtual disk.

21 RAID 0 failed.

22 RAID 10 failed.

23 RAID 50 failed.

24 RAID 5 not supported.

25 RAID 50 not supported.

26 Size too small for given RAID type.

27 Wrong number of disks for RAID 1- concatenated.

28 Insufficient space to mirror disks.

29 Create Mirror not supported.

30 Disk in use.

31 Disk Lock operation failed.

32 Disk locked.

33 Disk Unlock operation failed.

34 Disk Unlocked.

35 Disk failed on rebuild.

36 Hot Spare not free.

37 Disk Diagnostic failed.

234 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

38 Disk Rebuild failed.

39 Disk Format failed.

40 Cancel of Disk Diagnostic failed.

41 Cancel of Disk Rebuild failed.

42 Cancel of Disk Format failed

43 Assign Hot Spare failed

44 Disk too Small for Hot Spare.

45 Unassign Hot Spare failed.

46 Prepare Disk for Removal failed.

47 Disk Online failed.

48 Disk Offline failed.

49 UnMount Operation failed.

50 Mount Operation failed.

51 Cannot Format Array Disk.

52 Bad chunk size.

53 Invalid disk.

54 Virtual disk not found.

55 Virtual disk locked.

56 Drive in use.

57 Reached maximum physical size.

58 Reached maximum count of virtual disks.

59 There is not enough free space on the array disk(s) to allow the operation to complete; the size of the virtual disk is too large; or communication to the array disk(s) has been lost.

60 Select the array disks that are part of a similar type of virtual disk (T10 protection and encryption capability) or the array disks that are not part of any virtual disks.

61 Invalid Parameter

62 Failed drive cannot be added.

63 The controller cannot support the number of array disks that you have selected. Choose a smaller number.

64 Delete virtual disk failed. Controller busy.

65 Delete virtual disk failed.

66 Create virtual disk failed.

67 Create virtual disk failed. Controller busy.

Messages And Codes 235

Error Code Message

68 Create virtual disk failed. Failed to map virtual disk to operating system disk.

69 Create virtual disk failed. Failed to map virtual disk to operating system disk.

70 Virtual disk initialization failed.

71 Virtual disk initialization failed. Controller busy.

72 Virtual disk reconstruction failed. Controller busy.

73 Virtual disk resynching failed. Controller busy.

74 Flush Virtual disk's cache failed on controller.

75 Virtual disk partition specified not found.

76 Unsupported cache policy value.

77 Unsupported write policy value.

78 Unsupported read policy value.

79 Cancel initialization on virtual disk failed.

80 Cancel reconstruction on virtual disk failed.

81 Cancel resynchronization on virtual disk failed.

82 The maximum number of virtual disks that can be created has been reached.

83 The new virtual disk must use only the remaining free space on the array disks used in the last virtual disk you created. Select all array disks that are used in the last virtual disk you created.

84 You have selected an array disk that is in a degraded or failed state. Choose another array disk.

85 Delete the last created virtual disk first.

86 Virtual disk initialized for use and no override requested.

87 Virtual disk type requested is invalid for the attempted operation.

88 Virtual disk Move operation failed. Cannot rename, virtual disk is already in use.

89 Failover invalid.

90 Virtual disk resynching.

91 Virtual disk resynch failed.

92 Virtual disk reconstruct failed.

93 Cannot format a virtual disk that contains a boot or system partition.

94 Cannot initialize a virtual disk that contains a boot or system partition.

95 Virtual disk Copy failed.

96 Virtual disk mirror set required.

97 Virtual disk Create - Read-only failed.

236 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

98 Virtual disk Create - Read-write failed.

99 Virtual disk - Clear-to-zero failed.

100 Virtual Disk Requires Non Multilevel.

101 Virtual Disk Promote Operation failed.

102 Specified virtual disk has no drive letter assigned to it.

103 Cannot expose virtual disk.

104 Cannot reconfigure virtual disk.

105 Cannot stop the reconfiguration of the virtual disk.

106 SMART report count not supported.

107 Operations on hidden virtual disks are not allowed.

108 Virtual disk is in use.

109 The virtual disk is in use. It cannot be reconfigured at this time.

110 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Initialization in progress.

111 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Reconstruction in progress.

112 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Rebuild in progress.

113 Virtual disk operation is temporarily unavailable. Check consistency in progress.

114 Specified virtual disk too small.

115 Virtual disk operation not supported. Size too small.

116 Operation is temporarily unavailable. Space in use.

117 Cannot reconfigure to the given RAID level.

118 Cannot reconfigure from current RAID level to the given RAID level.

119 One of the array disks selected for the virtual disk is already in use.

120 Virtual disk operation not supported. Cannot use non-RAID disk.

121 Controller Read Configuration failed.

122 Controller Write Configuration failed.

123 Controller cache flush failed.

124 Enable alarm on controller failed.

125 Disable alarm on controller failed.

126 Quiet alarm on controller failed.

127 Controller failed to perform the task.

128 Specified bus not found for controller.

129 Call to set cache mode on the controller failed.

Messages And Codes 237

Error Code Message

130 Unexpected controller error.

131 Controller out of memory.

132 Invalid controller state.

133 Controller failed.

134 Controller busy.

135 Controller does not exist.

136 Controller name is invalid.

137 Controller is iterated.

138 Rename of virtual disk was not successful.

139 The controller was not able to erase the file system from the specified virtual disk.

140 The controller was not able to add space to the specified concatenation set.

141 The controller was not able to get the status of the specified mirror set.

142 The controller was not able to set the requested failover space.

143 The controller cannot get the failover space information.

144 Controller cannot unmirror the specified virtual disk.

145 The controller could not split the specified virtual disk.

146 The controller could not lock the specified virtual disk.

147 Controller IO paused.

148 No controller parameter support.

149 Controller does not recognize parameter symbol.

150 Controller Battery Recondition failed.

151 Controller Get disk signature failed.

152 Controller Read Flags failed.

153 Controller Set Flags failed.

154 Controller Remove Snap Shot failed.

155 Controller not supported.

156 Controller device initialization failure.

157 Partner controller already opened readwrite.

158 No partner controller found.

159 The virtual disk is not valid for requested operation.

160 Cannot communicate with controller.

161 Set operation failed.

162 Operation to update error count of SMART device has failed.

238 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

163 Operation to clear error count of SMART device has failed.

164 Driver could not execute.

165 Cannot delete virtual disk.

166 Cannot set temperature probe. Invalid value entered.

167 Cannot set enclosure tag. Invalid value entered.

168 Cannot set enclosure alarm.

169 Temperature probe value out of range.

170 Cannot set cache mode.

172 Data will be lost on the secondary disk and a reboot will be forced.

173 Cluster Services (MSCS) is running. Deleting a virtual disk that contains a cluster resource can result in unpredictable errors or system hangs (quorum disk). You should shut down cluster services before deleting cluster resources. Are you sure you want to proceed?

174 Cannot perform Create Virtual Disk or Delete Virtual Disk while the other server in a cluster is online. Please shut one of the servers down and retry the operation.

176 Invalid array disks or failover drives selected for reconfigure/create operation. Please make sure that all array disks and failover drives associated with the virtual disk are selected.

177 The maximum number of partitions have already been created on one of the selected array disk(s). Each array disk can hold portions (partitions) of up to 10 virtual disks. This virtual disk cannot be created because one or more array disk(s) have reached the partition limit.

178 The virtual disk is in use. Please close any applications that use the virtual disk and unmount any file systems that reside on the virtual disk.

179 The firmware version is not supported. Please update the firmware from http://support.dell.com.

180 The specified device does not have enough free space to be used as failover space for the specified virtual disk.

181 The operation failed. Please rescan the controller and retry the operation.

182 The operation cannot be performed while a task is running on the specified virtual disk.

183 The specified virtual disk has no dead disk segments.

184 The operation cannot be performed at this time. The firmware can recondition a battery that has a Degraded or Power Low state. The firmware will not recondition a battery that is functioning normally or that has a Ready, Failed or Missing state.

185 The version of the controller firmware installed on your system does not support this operation.

186 There are no disks of the correct type available to be assigned as a hot spare.

Messages And Codes 239

Error Code Message

187 There are no disks of sufficient size available to be assigned as a hot spare.

188 There are no disks of the correct type and sufficient size available to be assigned as a hot spare.

189 The Create Virtual Disk task was successful but the operating system may not be aware of the new virtual disk.

191 The import of foreign configurations is complete. Some configurations could not be imported.

192 Enable alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.

193 Disable alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.

194 Quiet alarm command failed. The enclosure processor is busy or a firmware download is in progress.

195 An error occurred while resetting a temperature probe.

200 No array disks found!

201 Invalid Virtual Disk ID!

202 RAID Type & Size are required to create a virtual disk. Ensure that the RAID type and the size are correct.

203 Invalid Environment command!

204 File is not writable!

205 Setting Environment Variable Command failed!

206 Filename is not provided!

207 Invalid Strict option! Please provide a valid number between 1 and 100.

208 Span depth is not needed for this RAID type.

209 Array disk(s) cannot be part of virtual disk(s) and also be hotspares.

210 Cannot have silent and logfile switch with the same command.

211 Invalid array disk(s)!

212 Invalid failover disk(s)!

213 Creation of a virtual disk on this RAID controller requires the use of the entire disk space of the array disks. The size or - sz parameter is not needed.

214 Invalid size given! size=max or -sz=max is not supported for this RAID controller.

215 The value given for envname or -envn is null or too long.

216 Invalid virtual disk size!

217 The strict option provided failed! Virtual disk is not created.

240 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

218 Unable to determine optimum size for Virtual disk. Ensure that the array disks are of the same protocol (i.e. SAS, SATA, SCSI). If there is a mismatch of the array disks then the RAIDCFG will not be able to determine the optimum size. In addition, also ensure that there is drive size available for the specified virtual disk.

219 One or more array disks selected to create virtual disk or hotspare doesn't have enough disk space. Please make sure that all the array disks and failover drives selected have enough free space.

220 The number of array disks provided is incorrect for the requested RAID Type! RAID 1 requires exactly 2 array disks, RAID 5 requires at least 3 array disks, RAID 10 requires at least 4 array disks and RAID 50 requires at least 6 array disks.

221 No free array disks found!

222 No global failover disks found!

223 One or more array disks selected for the virtual disk has foreign configuration.

224 Error in opening the file.

225 SAS 5/IR, SAS 6/IR, H200 and SW RAID requires atleast two physical disks to create RAID 0 or RAID 1.

226 No Foreign configuration present in the controller.

227 The virtual disk cannot be created on the physical disks you selected. Possible reasons include:unsupported mix of SAS and SATA protocol type disks, unsupported mix of SSD and HDD media disks.

228 Unsupported array disks selected for VD creation.

229 Setting stripe size is not supported in this controller.

230 Invalid VirtualDisk(VD) name specified. VD name can have alphanumeric characters [A-Z,a-z,0-9,_,-] only. Also, VD name size must be less than or equal to 15 characters

231 Error occurred while setting virtual disk as boot disk.

232 Error occurred while setting name for virtual disk.

233 Couldn't get boot virtual disk.

234 PCIe Link Speed could not be set for the RAID controller. Please check if the controller has the capability to set/change its PCIe link speed.

235 PCIe Link Speed can be set to either 2 or 3 i.e. PCIe Generation 2.0 or 3.0.

236 PCIe Link Speed could not be retrieved for this RAID controller.Please check if the controller has the PCIe link speed capability.

237 Please reset the controller before doing any further operation.

238 Boot Mode can be set to 0 (BIOS stop on error), 1 (BIOS continue on error), 2 (Headless continue on error)

239 Boot Mode could not be set for the RAID controller.

Messages And Codes 241

Error Code Message

240 Enable Auto Import can be set to 0 (No) or 1 (Yes).

241 Cannot discard the preserved cache because a foreign configuration is present on the controller. Use '-ignoreconfig' or '-igncfg' to discard the cache.

1000 Enable Auto Import property could not be set for the RAID controller.

1001 Invalid array disk list.

1002 Source or destination disk is in invalid state. Make sure that the source disk is in online state, destination disk is in ready state, and the size of the destination disk is greater than or equal to the size of the source disk.

1003 Operation not allowed. Cannot set the array disk state to online.

1004 Operation not allowed. Cannot set the array disk state to offline.

1005 Invalid encrypted array disk list for the instant secure erase operation.

1006 Sector drives 512B and 4KB must not be combined while creating a virtual disk.

1007 Hot spare sector size for the virtual disk is not matching.

1008 sectorsize parameter is not found.

1009 Warning! Cannot assign global hotspare. Input array disk can act as a hotspare only for virtual disks with matching sector size (4KB or 512B) and supported T10 PI capability. Use "-force" option to discard the warning.

1010 Force option is invalid for this operation on the specified controller.

1011 Input values for vdiskprotectioninfo and vdpi are 1 and 0.

1012 vdiskprotectioninfo or vdpi option is not available on the controller.

1013 Input array disks or hotspares are not PI-capable.

1014 Creation of RAID 10 virtual disk with Uneven Span failed.

1015 Spanlength is not required for creating a RAID10 virtual disk on this controller.

1016 Unsupported operation. RAID 6 and RAID 60 virtual disks which are T10 PI enabled do not support Slow Initialize.

1017 Operation is not supported. The specified controller does not have encryption capability.

1018 Operation is not supported. Encryption key is not present on the specified controller.

1019 The specified array disks or hotspares do not have encryption capability.

1020 The specified controller does not have a locked foreign configuration.

1021 Invalid passphrase.

1022 Input values for secureflag and sf are 1 and 0.

1023 Unsupported operation. Preserved cache is not present on the controller.

242 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

1024 Invalide Key Id

1025 Encryption key is already set for the controller.

1026 Cannot delete the encryption key because secure virtual disk is present.

1027 The passphrase is invalid or old.

1028 Cannot increase the virtual disk size due to lack of free space or due to the presence of partial virtual disks on the same set of array disks.

1029 The percentage value of virtual disk size must be in the range 1-100.

1030 Error! Cannot discard the preserved cache. Use '-force' option to discard the cache.

1031 Cannot create a new virtual disk because preserved cache is present on the controller. To clear the cache, either import the related virtual disks or discard the cache.

1032 Unsupported RAID value. The expand virtual disk size operation is allowed only on RAID-0, RAID-1, RAID-5, and RAID-6.

1033 Unsupported file type. Supported file types are .ini, .log, and .txt.

RACADM Firmware Error Codes And Messages Table below lists RACADM firmware error codes and messages.

Table 378. RACADM Firmware Error Codes and Messages

Error Code Message

1 UNKNOWN COMMAND.

2 OUTPUT ERROR

3 TOO FEW ARGUMENTS

4 UNKNOWN PARAMETER

5 CAN'T LOCK RESOURCE

6 RESOURCE LOCKED

7 USER NOT IN DATABASE

8 WRONG PASSWORD

9 LOGIN INCORRECT

10 NOT ACCESSIBLE VIA TELNET CONNECTION

11 ACCESS DENIED

12 INVALID ARGUMENT

13 INVALID GROUP NAME

14 USER DATABASE FULL

15 CAN'T CHANGE FACTORY DEFAULT

Messages And Codes 243

Error Code Message

16 USER ALREADY IN DATABASE

17 CLOSING TELNET CONNECTION

18 USER DATABASE NOT INITIALIZED

19 INVALID COMMAND SHELL CALL

20 INVALID INPUT FILE

21 TFTP ERROR

22 PCI ERROR

23 SERVER IS IN GRAPHICS MODE

24 SYSTEM DATE AND TIME NOT SET

25 OUT OF MEMORY

26 ACCESS LOCKED

27 PAGING ERROR

28 PAGING ALREADY IN PROGRESS

29 ERROR ACCESSING DEVICE

30 WRONG NUMBER OF ARGUMENTS

31 NO SCREEN FOR ASR STORED

32 CAN'T ADD HISTORY MONITOR

33 INVALID IDENTIFIER

34 CANNOT WRITE TO FLASH

35 FIRMWARE FILE INVALID

36 CANNOT READ REGISTER

37 CANNOT UNLOCK RESOURCE

38 TIME OUT

39 SERVER IN TEXT MODE

40 WRONG GRAPHICS MODE

41 CONFIG SPACE LOCKED

42 MASTER LOCKED

43 ASB BUS LOCKED

44 HISTORY MONITORS NOT YET AVAILABLE

45 NO VALID VALUE FOR THIS FIELD

46 DIAGNOSTIC TASK ERROR

47 DIAGNOSTIC TASK IS ALREADY RUNNING

48 NO DIAGNOSTIC TASK RUNNING

49 READ ONLY

244 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

50 SNARFING IS NOT AVAILABLE

51 TEXT RESOLUTION OF SERVER CHANGED

52 MODULE NOT LOADED

53 IPMI ERROR

54 ERROR IN DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION

RACADM Utility Error Codes And Messages Table below lists RACADM utility error codes and messages.

Table 379. RACADM Error Codes and Messages

Error Code Message

513 An unknown failure occurred.

514 Librac library not initialized.

515 An invalid parameter was passed into function.

516 Invalid DRSTYPE specified.

517 Librac library already initialized.

518 Invalid transport type specified.

519 Invalid library user.

520 A connection to the RAC controller could not be established.

521 Failed to perform read operation with RAC controller.

522 Failed to perform write operation with RAC controller.

523 Invalid message ID.

524 Invalid message type.

525 Invalid response message.

526 Specified user buffer is too small to hold data.

527 Authentication failed - Invalid user name or password.

528 Invalid CHAP protocol response encountered.

529 CHAP buffer too small.

530 Timeout occurred.

531 Insufficient user privileges to perform operation.

532 TFTP write error encountered.

533 TFTP read error encountered.

534 TFTP local file write error encountered.

535 TFTP local file read error encountered.

Messages And Codes 245

Error Code Message

536 TFTP write request failed.

537 TFTP read request failed.

538 Failed to open file.

539 Failed to load socket library.

540 Invalid socket library.

541 Unable to resolve HostName.

542 Failed to create socket.

543 Socket read operation failed.

544 Socket write operation failed.

545 Failed to create SSL context object.

546 Failed to create SSL BIO object.

547 Unable to create SSL socket connection.

548 Failed to initialize socket.

549 Failed to login to RAC successfully.

550 Invalid session ID specified.

551 Failed to logout from RAC successfully.

552 Command execution failed.

553 FTP Get operation failed.

554 FTP Put operation failed.

555 Failed to initialize FTP interface.

556 Failed to load SSL library.

557 Failed to initialize librac library.

558 Invalid session ID.

559 SpcmpObjectName failed.

560 SpcmpObjectIdGet failed.

561 SpcmpObjectIdSet failed.

562 Failed to send SPCMP message to RAC.

563 Invalid transport session info.

564 LAN Proxy error - please make sure your proxy settings are configured correctly.

565 RAC service not currently installed.

566 RAC service is not started.

567 RAC service is starting.

568 RAC controller not present.

246 Messages And Codes

Error Code Message

569 RAC controller is currently resetting.

Messages And Codes 247

BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages All possible Platform Event Filter (PEF) Alert Messages along with a description of each event are listed in the table below

Table 380. BMC PEF Alert Events

Event Description

Fan Probe Failure The fan is running too slow or not at all.

Voltage Probe Failure

The voltage is too low for proper operation.

Discrete Voltage Probe Failure

The voltage is too low for proper operation.

Temperature Probe Warning

The temperature is approaching excessively high or low limits.

Temperature Probe Failure

The temperature is either too high or too low for proper operation.

Chassis Intrusion Detected

The system chassis has been opened.

Redundancy (PS or Fan) Degraded

Redundancy for the fans and/or power supplies has been reduced.

Redundancy (PS or Fan) Lost

No redundancy remains for the system's fans and/or power supplies.

Processor Warning A processor is running at less than peak performance or speed.

Processor Failure A processor has failed.

PPS/VRM/DCtoDC Warning

The power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC-to-DC converter is pending a failure condition.

Power Supply/VRM/D2D Failure

The power supply, voltage regulator module, or DC-to-DC converter has failed.

Hardware log is full or emptied

Either an empty or a full hardware log requires administrator attention.

Automatic System Recovery

The system is hung or is not responding and is taking an action configured by Automatic System Recovery.

System Power Probe Warning

The system is setting actions when a power consumption probe detects a warning value.

System Power Probe Failure

The system is setting actions when a power consumption probe detects a failure value.

8

248 BMC Platform Events Filter Alert Messages

Sample File Formats This appendix lists the sample SYSCFG utility .ini, RAIDCFG utility .ini, and the RACADM utility .ini files.

Topics:

Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format

Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format

Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format

Sample SYSCFG Utility .ini File Format [syscfg] ;SystemModelName=poweredge r620 ;SystemBiosVersion=0.3.16 ;SystemServiceTag=MDN2345 ;SystemManufacturer=dell inc. ;SysMfrContactInfo=www.dell.com ;SysMemSize=4.0 gb ;SysMemType=ecc ddr3 ;SysMemSpeed=1067 mhz ;SysMemVolt=1.35v ;VideoMem=16 mb MemTest=enable MemOpMode=adveccmode ;NodeInterleave=disable SerialDbgOut=disable LogicalProc=enable QpiSpeed=maxdatarate ProcVirtualization=enable ProcAdjCacheLine=enable ProcHwPrefetcher=enable DcuStreamerPrefetcher=enable DcuIpPrefetcher=enable ProcExecuteDisable=enable ProcCores=all ;Proc64bit=yes ;ProcCoreSpeed=2.30 ghz ;Proc1Id=06-2d-2 ;Proc1Brand=[genuine intel(r) cpu @ 2.30ghz ] ;Proc1L2Cache=8x256 kb ;Proc1L3Cache=20 mb ;Proc1NumCores=8 EmbSata=ahcimode ;SataPortE=auto ;SataPortEModel=unknown ;SataPortEDriveType=unknown device ;SataPortECapacity=n/a ;SataPortF=auto ;SataPortFModel=unknown ;SataPortFDriveType=unknown device ;SataPortFCapacity=n/a BootMode=bios BootSeqRetry=disable IntegratedRaid=enable UsbPorts=allon

9

Sample File Formats 249

InternalUsb=on IntegratedNetwork1=enable OsWatchdogTimer=disable IoatEngine=disable ;EmbVideo=enable SriovGlobalEnable=disable SerialComm=onnoconredir SerialPortAddress=serial1com1serial2com2 ExtSerialConnector=serial1 FailSafeBaud=115200 ConTermType=vt100vt220 RedirAfterBoot=enable SysProfile=perfperwattoptimizeddapc ;ProcPwrPerf=sysdbpm ;MemFrequency=maxperf ;ProcTurboMode=enable ;ProcC1E=enable ;ProcCStates=enable ;MemPatrolScrub=standard ;MemRefreshRate=1x ;MemVolt=autovolt ;AesNi=enable PasswordStatus=unlocked TpmSecurity=off ;TpmActivation=nochange ;TpmClear=no ;IntelTxt=off LocalBiosUpdateSupport=enable PwrButton=enable NmiButton=enable AcPwrRcvry=last AcPwrRcvryDelay=immediate ;AcPwrRcvryUserDelay=60 AssetTag= NumLock=on ReportKbdErr=report ErrPrompt=enable Characterization=enable BootSeq=Floppy.iDRACVirtual.1- 1,Optical.iDRACVirtual.1-1 ;UefiBootSeq=NIC.Integrated.1-1-1,NIC.Integrated.1-2- 1,NIC.Integrated.1-3-1,NIC.Integrated.1-4- 1,Optical.iDRACVirtual.1-1,Floppy.iDRACVirtual.1-1 OneTimeBootMode=disable ;OneTimeBootSeqDev=floppy.idracvirtual.1-1 ;OneTimeUefiBootSeqDev=nic.integrated.1-1-1 Slot1=enable Slot2=enable Slot3=enable extserial=com1 lancfgparams alertdest=1 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=2 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=3 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 lancfgparams alertdest=4 destipaddr=0.0.0.0 commstring=public ;gateway=10.94.132.1 ;ipaddress=10.94.132.131 ipaddrsrc=dhcp nicselection=dedicated

250 Sample File Formats

autoneg=enable dnsserver1=0.0.0.0 dnsserver2=0.0.0.0 dnsdhcp=disable dnsracname=idrac dnsregisterrac=disable domainname= domainnamednsdhcp=disable fullduplex=enable speed=100Mbps ;subnetmask=255.255.255.0 vlanid=1 vlanpriority=0 vlantag=disable lancfgparamsv6 ;dnssrcv6=static ;gatewayv6=:: ;ipv6address1=:: ipv6=disable ;ipaddrv6=:: ;ipsrcv6=auto ;linklocaladdrv6=:: ;prefixlengthv6=0 ;dnsserver1v6=:: ;dnsserver2v6=:: ;ipv6address2=:: lanchannelaccess ipmioverlan=alwaysavail channelprivlmt=administrator pefalerting=disable lanuseraccess userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator lanuseraccess userid=3 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=4 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=5 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=6 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=7 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=8 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=9 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=10 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=11 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=12 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=13 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess

Sample File Formats 251

userid=14 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=15 usrprivlmt=noaccess lanuseraccess userid=16 usrprivlmt=noaccess lcd=servicetag nmibutton=enable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=1 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=2 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=3 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams alertpolnum=4 alertpolstatus=disable pefcfgparams filter=fanfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretevoltfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=tempwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=tempfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=intrusion filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=redundegraded filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=redunlost filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=procwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=procfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams

252 Sample File Formats

filter=hardwarelogfail filteralert=enable pefcfgparams filter=autorecovery filteralert=enable pefcfgparams filter=procabsent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=powerabsent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=batterywarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=batteryfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=systempowerwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=systempowerfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardpresent filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=discretesdcardwarn filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsfail filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsoffline filteralert=enable filteraction=none pefcfgparams filter=ripsredundancylost filteralert=enable filteraction=none hostname= powerbutton=enable serialcfgparams connectionmode=basic msgcommbitrate=19200 msgcommflowctrl=noflowctrl tmcfgdelctrl=del tmcfgechoctrl=echo tmcfghandshakectrl=enable tmcfginputnewlineseq=cr tmcfglineediting=enable tmcfgnewlineseq=crlf serialchannelaccess ipmioverserial=alwaysavail

Sample File Formats 253

channelprivlmt=administrator serialuseraccess userid=2 usrprivlmt=administrator serialuseraccess userid=3 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=4 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=5 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=6 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=7 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=8 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=9 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=10 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=11 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=12 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=13 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=14 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=15 usrprivlmt=noaccess serialuseraccess userid=16 usrprivlmt=noaccess solaction userid=2 action=enable solaction userid=3 action=disable solaction userid=4 action=disable solaction userid=5 action=disable solaction userid=6 action=disable solaction userid=7 action=disable solaction userid=8 action=disable

254 Sample File Formats

solaction userid=9 action=disable solaction userid=10 action=disable solaction userid=11 action=disable solaction userid=12 action=disable solaction userid=13 action=disable solaction userid=14 action=disable solaction userid=15 action=disable solaction userid=16 action=disable solcfgparams solbitrate=115200 solcharaccuminterval=10 solcharsendthreshold=255 solenable=enable solprivlevel=administrator sysid=04CE sysname=PowerEdge R620 useraction userid=2 action=enable useraction userid=3 action=disable useraction userid=4 action=disable useraction userid=5 action=disable useraction userid=6 action=disable useraction userid=7 action=disable useraction userid=8 action=disable useraction userid=9 action=disable useraction userid=10 action=disable useraction userid=11 action=disable useraction userid=12 action=disable useraction userid=13

Sample File Formats 255

action=disable useraction userid=14 action=disable useraction userid=15 action=disable useraction userid=16 action=disable username userid=2 name=root username userid=3 name=NULL username userid=4 name=NULL username userid=5 name=NULL username userid=6 name=NULL username userid=7 name=NULL username userid=8 name=NULL username userid=9 name=NULL username userid=10 name=NULL username userid=11 name=NULL username userid=12 name=NULL username userid=13 name=NULL username userid=14 name=NULL username userid=15 name=NULL username userid=16 name=NULL ;uuid=44454C4C4400104E8032CDC04F333435 virtualmedia=auto

Sample RAIDCFG Utility .ini File Format [Reset] controllerid=1,2,3,6 [vdisk0] controllerid=4 size=139392 raid=1

256 Sample File Formats

readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:1:1,0:0:1 [vdisk1] controllerid=4 size=139392 raid=1 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=c adisk=0:3:1,0:2:1 [vdisk2] controllerid=2 size=278784 raid=0 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=d adisk=0:5:1,0:4:1 failoverdrive=0:9:1 [vdisk3] controllerid=4 size=278784 raid=5 readpolicy=ra writepolicy=wb stripesize=64 cachepolicy=c adisk=0:8:1,0:7:1,0:6:1 [GlobalHotspare0] controllerid=0 failoverdrive=0:8:0

Sample RACADM Utility .ini File Format [idRacInfo] #idRacType=0x05 #idRacProductInfo=Dell Remote Access Controller 5 #idRacDescriptionInfo=This system component provides a complete set of #remote management functions for Dell PowerEdge servers. #idRacVersionInfo=1.20 (Build 01.17) idRacName=DRAC 5 idRacMisc= [cfgLanNetworking] cfgNicEnable=1 cfgNicIpAddress=10.98.8.121 cfgNicNetmask=255.255.255.0 cfgNicGateway=192.168.0.1 cfgNicUseDhcp=0 #cfgNicMacAddress=00:11:43:34:5f:4a cfgDNSServersFromDHCP=0 cfgDNSServer1=192.168.0.5 cfgDNSServer2=192.168.0.6 cfgDNSRegisterRac=0 cfgDNSRacName=RAC-HHS7C1S cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP=0 cfgDNSDomainName=MYDOMAIN [cfgCurrentLanNetworking] #cfgNicCurrentIpAddress=10.98.8.121 #cfgNicCurrentNetmask=255.255.255.0 #cfgNicCurrentGateway=192.168.0.1

Sample File Formats 257

#cfgNicCurrentDhcpWasUsed=0 #cfgDNSCurrentDhcpWasUsed=0 #cfgDNSCurrentServer1=192.168.0.5 #cfgDNSCurrentServer2=192.168.0.6 #cfgDNSCurrentDomainName=MYDOMAIN [cfgRemoteHosts] cfgRhostsSmtpEmailEnable=1 cfgRhostsFwUpdateTftpEnable=1 cfgRhostsSmtpServerIpAddr=127.0.0.1 cfgRhostsFwUpdateIpAddr=192.168.0.4 cfgRhostsFwUpdatePath= [cfgUserAdmin] #cfgUserAdminIndex=1 cfgUserAdminUserName=root #cfgUserAdminPassword= cfgUserAdminPrivilege=0 cfgUserAdminAlertFilterRacEventMask=0x300000 cfgUserAdminAlertFilterSysEventMask=0x77777 cfgUserAdminEmailEnable=0 cfgUserAdminEmailAddress= cfgUserAdminEmailCustomMsg= [cfgSessionManagement] cfgSsnMgtMaxSessions=0x4 cfgSsnMgtMaxSessionsPerUser=0x4 [cfgSerial] cfgSerialBaudRate=115200 cfgSerialConsoleEnable=0 cfgSerialConsoleQuitKey= ~. cfgSerialConsoleIdleTimeout=0x12c cfgSerialConsoleShellType=0x2 cfgSerialConsoleNoAuth=0 cfgSerialConsoleCommand= cfgSerialTelnetEnable=0 cfgSerialCom2RedirEnable=1 cfgSerialTelnet7fIsBackspace=0 [cfgNetTuning] cfgNetTuningNicMtu=0x5dc cfgNetTuningIpTtl=0x40 cfgNetTuningTcpSrttBase=0x0 cfgNetTuningTcpSrttDflt=0x6 cfgNetTuningTcpReXmtMin=0x2 cfgNetTuningTcpReXmtMax=0x80 cfgNetTuningIpSubnetsAreLocal=0x1 cfgNetTuningIpReassTtl=0x3c cfgNetTuningTcpMsl=0x3c cfgNetTuningNicAutoneg=1 cfgNetTuningNic100MB=1 cfgNetTuningNicFullDuplex=1 [cfgOobSnmp] cfgOobSnmpTrapsEnable=1 cfgOobSnmpAgentEnable=1 cfgOobSnmpAgentCommunity=public [cfgRacTuning] cfgRacTuneFwUpdateResetDelay=0x46 cfgRacTuneD3debugEnable=1 cfgRacTuneRemoteRacadmEnable=1 cfgRacTuneHostCom2BaudRate=57600 cfgRacTuneHttpPort=0x50 cfgRacTuneHttpsPort=0x1bb cfgRacTuneTelnetPort=0x17 cfgRacTuneConRedirPort=0x170c [ifcRacManagedNodeOs] ifcRacMnOsHostname=(none) ifcRacMnOsOsName=Linux 2.4.21-20.ELIhugemem ifcRacMnOsOsType=0x2 [cfgRacSecurity] cfgRacSecCsrKeySize=0x400

258 Sample File Formats

cfgRacSecCsrCommonName= cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationName= cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationUnit= cfgRacSecCsrLocalityName= cfgRacSecCsrStateName= cfgRacSecCsrCountryCode= cfgRacSecCsrEmailAddr= [cfgRacVirtual] cfgVirAtapiSvrPort=0xe54 cfgVirMediaDisable=0 cfgFloppyEmulation=0 [cfgActiveDirectory] cfgADRacDomain= cfgADRac

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the OpenManage Connection Dell works, you can view and download the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Command Line Reference Guide for Dell OpenManage Connection as well as other Dell manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Command Line Reference Guide should include all the details that are needed to use a Dell OpenManage Connection. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Dell OpenManage Connection Deployment Toolkit V6.1.2 Software Command Line Reference Guide as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.